AU400 Service Manual Version 26

AU400

Service Documents

AU400 Service Documents
Table of Contents

Contents
6HUYLFH0DQXDO
(/'UDZLQJ
*HQHUDO,QIRUPDWLRQ
86&2
Table of Contents
M514/ M516
AU400
Service Manual
Ver. 26
Global Business Technical Support Department

Beckman Coulter K.K.
Version Date Version Date

00 2000.05.18 15 2013.09.25
01 2000.09.14 16 2013.10.30
02 2001.02.13 17 2014.03.28
03 2002.03.15 18 2014.05.15
04 2002.08.06 19 2014.06.03
05 2003.09.23 20 2015.02.16
06 2005.10.01 21 2015.09.09
07 2009.09.10 22 2015.12.10
08 2010.07.31 23 2016.03.23
09 2011.01.07 24 2016.06.13
10 2011.10.14 25 2017.01.25
11 2012.04.24 26 2017.09.04
12 2012.08.31
13 2013.05.28
14 2013.07.09
A00 (Cover page) em514a0.docx A00-1

AU400 Part A Cover page/ Table of contents
A0A Table of contents (Main) A0A-1
Part Manual
A Cover page & contents

B Function & Mechanism Manual
D Electrical units
E Software
F Adjustment
G ANL Installation
H DPR Installation
I System Maintenance
J Preventive Maintenance
K M514 / M516 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
Y Technical information
Z Manual History
A0A Table of contents (Main) em514a0a.docx A0A-1

A0B Table of contents (B Function & Mechanism Manual) A0B-1
Module No. Description No. of page
B1 Outline of the system 27

B2 Specification 13
B3 System layout Drawing 3
B4 Plumbing outline 14
B11 CA (Rack feed) 5

B12 CB (Rack transfer) 7
B13 CC (Rack buffer) 3
B14 CD (Repeat run line) 4
B15 CE (Rack push out) 4
B16 DA (Reagent fridge) 4

B17 DC (Cooling sampler) 7
B18 FA (S probe transfer) 8

B19 FB (Cuvette wash) 3
B20 FC (Mixing unit) 3
B21 FD (R probe transfer) 7
B22 GA (Incubation bath) 7
B23 ISE Function & Mechanism Manual 14
A0B Table of contents(B Function & Mechanism Manual) em514a0b.docx A0B-1

AU400 Part B Function & Mechanism Manual
B1 Outline of the system B1-1
1. Outline of the product

1.1 Product aim
(1) Lineup completion under AU800 and AU600 in regard to the processing speed.
(2) Share expansion by system business correspondence of reagents and equipment.
(3) Offering of user merits by standardization of reagents and operationally with the AU600.
1.2 Target markets

(1) Destinations Japan/ USA/Europe/Asia
(2) Target users
Japan/Europe : Hospitals with medium or small size (max. approximately 50 samples/day)
USA/Asia : Hospitals with large, medium, or small size (max. approximately 100 samples/day)
(3) Use purpose
Target user Target market Use purpose

Japan USA Europe Asia
Routine inspections Main Sub Main Main
Medium and small-size STAT inspections Sub Main Sub
hospitals Special item machines Sub Sub
Exclusive single item machines
Routine inspections Sub
Large and medium-size STAT inspections Sub Main Sub
hospitals Special item machines
Routine inspections
Inspection sensor STAT inspections
Special item machines
Main:Main market, Sub:Submarket
B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-1

1.3 Positioning on the market, relation to competing products

(1) Positioning : A biochemical analyzer aiming for processing of medium and small sample quantities
for the market for medium and small hospitals.
Biochemical analyzer for STAT inspections for the market for medium and large hospitals.
(2) Competing products
Manufacturer Product Main features Actual price
Beckman coulter AU400 76 items  400 tests/h
Biomedical Sample dilution, rack sampler,
Storage refrigeration sampler
installed separately
Hitachi 7070 32 items  400 tests/h Average 5.88 million Yen
Sample dilution, three-step
reagent dispensing,
Refrigerated sampler section,
Extended reaction time STAT
mode
Shimazu CL-8000 65 items  400 tests/h
Sample dilution, four-step reagent
dispensing,
Extended reaction time STAT
mode
Toshiba 40FR 35 items  400 tests/h Average 5.52 million Yen
Fuji Auto-5 Dry chemistry, with automatic
dilution function, 400 color
comparison tests/h, 540 tests with
ISE
Dupont Dimension 71 items  500 tests/h Average 8.83 million Yen
AR Reagent cassette method
J&J Ektachem 500 tests/h Average 8.24 million Yen
550 STAT simplicity
Bayer Opera 240 tests/h Average 4.42 million Yen
The main competing product is the Hitachi 7070.

1.4 Correspondence to laws and regulations

(1) Acquired external standards
For Japan: : Drugs, Cosmetics, and Medical Instruments Act
For USA: FDA 510K
FCC-part 15, class A
CSA C22.2 No. 1010-1
For Europe : CE mark EMC emission EN55011 (corresponding to CISPR11)
Immunity EN50082-2
Low-voltage instruction EN610-1
H mark
For Australia : Australian EMC regulations (emission CISPR11)
For all destinations : Radiation field (testing is represented by Europe destination)
(2) External regulations to be observed strictly
For Japan : Packaging container recycle law
Waste disposal law
Water pollution prevention law
Sewage water law
Security export management regulations
For USA : FDC law, part 1040. 10 (safety of lasers and other light-emitting products)
FDC law, 21CFR Part 820 (GMP)
Regulations for used batteries, CE4212
Regulations in regard to packaging materials containing harmful substances
For Europe : Instructions in regard to batteries (Europe)
Government decrees in regard to packaging waste material (Germany)
Equipment safety standards for hospital laboratories (Great Britain)
Entire world : Law for protection of the ozone layer
PL law
Regulations in regard to asbestos

1.5 Targeted quality

Quality index
Dispatch rate: 0.16 (1 year after the sale)
[According to the dispatch rate counting standard of M-OIS Q12002.]
Reliability (MTBF) 1200 h
[8 h (5 h + standby time)  25 days  6 months]
(The dispatch of service personnel for repair of equipment faults shall be the
object.)
Maintainability (MTTR) 1h
(For a single fault, not including the data output time, net repair time)
Periodic inspection time Yearly preventive maintenance:5 h
User maintenance time 5 min/day (The items for preventive maintenance before and after the start of
work are excluded.)
1.6 Use life

5 years or 3 million tests
(5 h/day  400 tests/h  25 days/month  12 months/year  5 years)
1.7 Product life

5 years
2. Special features (sales points)

(1) As the reagents and consumables are in common with the AU600, the running costs are reduced when both
models are used together.
(2) Reduced running costs by use of semipermanent glass cuvettes and small sample quantities.
(3) Operation in common with the AU600.
(4) The rack-type sampler permits connection to an automation system.
(5) System business correspondence
 User merits are offered by ODI reagents and analyzer hardware system sales.
(Data reliability improvement, supplying of reagent and hardware information, etc.)
 The communication function permits information exchange in regard to equipment status, data,
maintenance information, etc.

3. Installation Environments
3.1 Installation Environment conditions
● Installation Environment Conditions
 Site not subject to direct sunlight
 Site not minimum amount of dust
 Site that is flat (gradient : less than 1/200)
 Site with minimum vibration
 Site with floor construction that can support approximately 480Kg (4902N)
 Places located less than 2000m above sea level
● Power and noise Conditions

 Site which be located so that 10m water supply ad drain hoses
 Site with a power source with minimum voltage fluctuation (+-10%)
 Site the switchboard which is located so that a power cable with a length of 10m will reach the system.
●Temperature and humidity conditions

 The temperature of the installation room should be between 18 and 32C, and the temperature fluctuation
shall be within the range 4C during measurement.
(the calorific value of the environments : approx. 2600Kcal/H(10870000J/H))
 The humidity must be between 40 and 80%RH with no condensation. (Temperature condition for
installation : between 5 and 40 C)
● Water Supply and Drainage conditions

 An aqueduct gate must be within 10 m of the water supply gate of the instrument and the water waste gate
must be under 0.1 m in height. (If the optional forced waste water unit is used, a height of 1.5 m is
required.)
 Inner diameter of water waste gate must be greater than 48 mm.
 The purity of DI water must be under a conductivity of 2.0 us/cm. (The CAP type 2 level.)
 The temperature must be greater than 5 C.
 The pressure in the aqueduct must be between 49 and 392 KPa. (0.5 to 4 kgf/cm) (Caution ! : If the water
pressure is greater than 2 kgf, attach a water supply unit.)
 Average amount of water required : 26.0 L/h (50/ 60Hz)
(AU401, AU402 are 26.0 L/h : AU403, AU404 are 20.0 L/h)
 Maximum instantaneous amount of water required : 0.7 L/min. (50/ 60Hz)
3.2 Caution and prohibition items

For general caution items, refer to the contents of the notification by the Pharmaceutical Affairs Bureau of the Japan
Ministry of Health and Welfare, dated June 1, 1972, listed in the operation manual.
In addition, the caution items listed in the operation manual and the caution labels on the equipment must be
observed.
3.3 Equipment user

The persons using and operating this equipment shall have received training by our company or shall have been
trained by persons trained by our company.

This product has the following product outline, special features, and limit conditions.
Specifications for MU6475 to MU6481.
Please refer to the page 1-6 for above mentioned parts number.
Destination USA Europe General areas Japan
e
Product name AU400 AU400 AU400 AU400
This product is the present AU400 with some changes applied.

As the contents of the changes from the present AU400 are on the improvement level for hardware and software,
only the changed parts are listed in the product standard.
The listed item Nos. are the respective change Nos.
Main change items

Hardware : Reduced use quantities for detergent and water
Software : Improved reagent data management, improved data display, increased calibrator number, etc.
Others : Unification of the detergent supply systems into a single system (abolishment of one system)
1. Product outline
1.1 Product aim
Horizontal expansion of the functions used by the AU2700 and the AU5400, prevention of equipment decay
by expansion of the software functions, and prevention of a drop in sales
1.4 Correspondence to laws and regulations

(1) Acquisition of foreign standards: Only the changes from the present AU400 are listed.
For the domestic market : As the product name does not change, there is no product registration
according to the Pharmaceutical Affairs Law.
For the USA market : Strict observance of the QSR specified by the FDC law of the FDA.
FDA 510K
For the Europe market : IVDMD instructions
For the general market : As the product name does not change, no efforts are made in regard to the
general market.
For all markets : Radiated electromagnetic field (testing is substituted by correspondence to
the IVDMD instructions)
1.5 Targeted quality

Quality index
Dispatch ratio = 0.3 (within the warranty), 0.16 (outside the warranty)
[Based on the count for the M-OIS Q12002 dispatch ratio]
3. Limiting conditions (use conditions, use environment,

prohibitions, etc.)
Installation and use environment conditions: Same as for the present AU400, except for the used water quantity.
 Mean used water quantity: 20.0 L/h (50/60 Hz)
 Max. momentary used water quantity: 0.7 L/min (50/60 Hz) for 45 sec

4. Product Units
AU401, AU402 (M514)
Part No. Model name Destination Voltage, V
MU4926 AU401-01 100
Japan
MU4927 AU402-01 200
MU4928 AU401-02 America 210
MU4929 AU401-03 Europe 230
MU4930 AU401-04 110

General
MU4931 AU402-04 220
MU4932 AU401-06 Australia 240
AU403, AU404 (M516)

Part No. Model name Destination Voltage, V
MU6475 AU403-01 100
Japan
MU6476 AU404-01 200
MU6477 AU403-02 America 210
MU6478 AU403-03 Europe 230
MU6479 AU403-04 110

General
MU6480 AU404-04 220
MU6481 AU403-06 Australia 240

UNIT CONFIGURATION #1
Japan Japan US Europe
100V 200V
Configu- Unit No. Unit name MU4926 MU4927 MU4928 MU4929 Remarks
ration unit
AU401-01 AU402-01 AU401-02 AU401-03
MU4933 M514-ANL11 1 1 1 1
MU4950 M514-JC01 1 1 Power supply
MU4951 M514-JC11 1 input
MU4952 M514-JC21 1
MU4953 M514-JC31 1
MU4957 M514-JD01 1 1 Power supply
MU4958 M514-JD11 1 control
MU4959 M520-JD21 1
MU3180 M520-JE01 1 Cable set
MU3181 M520-JE11 1 (Power cable)
MU5007 M514-OPZ01 (1) (1)
MD1252 Floor plate 4 4 4 4 Floor plate
ME4935 Label 1 1
ME4936 Label
ME4937 Label 1 1
ME5869 Label 1 1 EMC label
MU4996 Label kit 1 1 “Caution”
MU4997 Label kit 1 label
MU4998 Label kit 1
MU5356 R tray 1 1 1 1
MU4045 ON sw ass’y 1 1 1
MU4046 RESET sw ass’y 1 1 1
MU4052 EM STOP sw ass’y 1 1 1
MU3446 ON sw ass’y 1
MU3447 RESET sw ass’y 1
MU3448 EM STOP sw ass’y 1
MD7730 Bracket5 1 1 1
GB6279 Lifelon tube 1 1 1 7x13x2000
ME5850 Bracket5 1
GB5598 Y connector 1
GB7154 Lifelon tube 1 7x13x250
GB9540 Lifelon tube 1 7x13x50

Domestic 100 Domestic 200 America Europe

V V
Company-
Composition internal MU6475 MU6476 MU6477 MU6478
unit symbol Product name AU403-01 AU404-01 AU403-02 AU403-03 Remarks
Main unit MU6482 M516-ANL11 1 1 1 1 Analyzer body
composition
MU6490 M516-JC01 1 Power supply input
MU4951 M514-JC11 1
MU4952 M514-JC21 1
MU4953 M514-JC31 1
MU4957 M514-JD01 1 1 Power supply

control
MU4958 M514-JD11 1
MU4959 M514-JD21 1
MU3180 M520-JE01 1 Power supply cable
MU3181 M520-JE11 1
MU5356 R-tray 1 1 1 1
ME4940 Cover F 1 1 1
MF0302 Cover Fe 1 e-version
MD1252 Floor plate 4 4 4 4 Floor plate for

installation
ME4935 Ratings Label 1 1
MF0305 Ratings Label 1 e-version
MF0306 Ratings Label 1
MU6535 Label 1 1 1 1 Caution Labels
ME5869 Label 1 1 EMC mark
MU4705 CSA label 1 CSA mark
MA7764 Label 1 FCC mark
ME9429 Label 1 CE mark

Japan Japan US Europe
100V 200V
Configu- Unit No. Unit name MU4926 MU4927 MU4928 MU4929 Remarks
ration unit
AU401-01 AU402-01 AU401-02 AU401-03
Standard MU4961 M514-ACC11 1 1
accessories MU4962 M514-ACC21 1
MU4987 M514-ACC31 1
Starting kit MU4967 M514-TRN11 1 1
Packaging MU4965 M514-DPC11 1 1 1 1 For inside
material MU4966 M514-EPC11 1 1 For outside
Spare MU4963 M514-CSS11 (1) (1)
consumable MU4964 M514-CSS21 (1)
parts MU4989 M514-CSS31 (1)
Repair MU4968 M514-REP11 (1) (1)
parts MU4969 M514-REP21 (1) (1)
Option MU4970 M514-OPA01 (1) (1) ISE
MU4971 M514-OPA02 1 ISE
MU4972 M514-OPA03 (1) ISE
MU4702 M520-OPH02 (2) Forced
drainage
equipment
MU4148 M520-OPH01 2 Forced
drainage
equipment
MU3351 M240-OPH03 (2) (2) Forced
drainage
equipment
MU2535 M240-OPD01 (1) (1) Water supply
equipment
MU0815 M250-OPE01 (1) (1) Water supply

equipment
MU4146 M520-OPE01 (1) Water supply

equipment

equipment
MU3193 M520-OPC01 (1) (1) Optional

printer
MU7784 M516-OPS21 (1) PROService
Program
CD(America)
MU7785 M516-OPS31 (1) PROService
Program
CD(Europe)

Asia Asia Australia
110V 220V
Configu- Unit No. Unit name MU4930 MU4931 MU4932
ration unit AU401-04 AU402-04 AU401-06 Remarks
MU4933 M514-ANL11 1 1 1
MU4954 M514-JC41 1 Power supply
MU4955 M514-JC51 1 input
MU4956 M514-JC61 1
MU4957 M514-JD01 1 Power supply
MU4960 M514-JD31 1 control
MU4982 M514-JD41 1
MU3180 M520-JE01 1 Cable kit
MU3181 M520-JE11 1 1 (Power cable)
MD1252 Floor plate 4 4 4 floor plate
ME4938 Label 1 1 1
MU4996 Label set 1 1 1 “Caution” label
MU5356 R tray 1 1 1
MU4045 ON sw ass’y 1 1 1
MU4046 RESET sw ass’y 1 1 1
MU4052 EM STOP sw 1 1 1
ass’y
MD7730 Bracket 5 1 1 1
GB6279 Lifelon tube 1 1 1 7x13x2000

Asia Asia Australia
110V 220V
Configu- Unit No. Unit name MU4930 MU4931 MU4932 Remarks
ration unit AU401-04 AU402-04 AU401-06
Standard MU4988 M520-ACC41 1 1 1

accessories
Packaging MU4965 M520-DPC11 1 1 1 For inside
material
MU4966 M520-EPC11 1 1 1 For outside
Spare MU5008 M514-CSS41 (1) (1) (1)
consumable
parts
Repair parts MU4969 M514-REP21 (1) (1) (1)
Optional MU4986 M520-OPA04 (1) (1) (1) ISE
MU1853 M240-OPH01 (2) (2) (2) Forced drainage
equipment
MU2535 M240-OPD01 (1) (1) (1) Water supply
equipment
MU7787 M516-OPS41 (1) (1) (1) PROService

Program CD
(Asia)

No. Name MU4933 Remarks

M514-ANL11
MU4935 M514 - AA01 1 Main body
MU4936 M514 - CA01 1 Rack feed
MU4937 M514 - CB01 1 Rack transfer
MU4938 M514 - CC01 1 Rack buffer
MU4939 M514 - CD01 1 Repeat run line
MU4940 M514 - CE01 1 Rack push out
MU4975 M514 - CH01 1 Rack storage
MU4941 M514 - DA01 1 Reagnet refrigerator
MU4942 M514 - DB01 1 Cooling unit
MU5345 M514 - DC02 1 Cooling sampler
MU4944 M514 - FA01 1 S probe transfer
MU4945 M514 - FB01 1 Cuvette wash
MU4946 M514 - FC01 1 Mix unit
MU4947 M514 - FD01 1 R probe transfer
MU4948 M514 - GA01 1 Incubation bath
MU7948 M541 - HA01 1 Degasser
ME2357 S probe 1
ME2185 R probe 1
MD7411 Mix rod 6
MU9888 Luminous lamp 1
MU2465 M510 - SA01 2 Dispenser
MU5239 M514 - EM01 2 Syringe case
M504 - EH01 1 S syringe
M504 - EJ01 1 R syringe
MU3545 M014 - BA02 2 Perister pump

Part No. Name MU4961, MU4962 MU4987 MU4988, Remarks

M514- M514- M514- M514-
ACC11 ACC21 ACC31 ACC41
MU8092 NE rack W 1 1 1 1 10 pcs/set
11.5 to 16.0
MU8093 NE rack B 1 1 1 1 11.5 to 16.0
MU8094 NE rack G 1 1 1 1 11.5 to 16.0
MU8095 NE rack R 1 1 1 1 11.5 to 16.0
MU8096 NE rack Y 1 1 1 1 11.5 to 16.0
MU8097 NE rack O 1 1 1 1 11.5 to 16.0
MV2313 PROGRAM 1
MV2314 PROGRAM 1
MV2315 PROGRAM 1
MV2316 PROGRAM 1
MV1764 Com. cable 1 1 1 1
e 1
DW4114 Code set 1 125V 3A 3m
ZM0634 Cuvette 1 1 1 1 10 pcs
MU9934 S probe 1 1 1 1
MU9958 R probe 1 1 1 1
MU9888 Luminous lamp 1 1 1 1
ME3333 Partition 20 20 20 20 30 mL bottle for inside
ME4305 Coolant 2 2 2 2
MB9963 B hose 2 2 2 2
MB9961 B hose 2 2 2 2  12 x  18 x 10 m
MA7528 Band 4 4 4 4  15 x 22 x 10 m
MA1198 A letter of guaranty 1
ME4498 File 1 1
ME5234 Operator’s manual 1
ME6164 Operator’s manual 1
MU9066 Rack ID label 1 1 1 1 No. 1 to 20
MU9067 Rack ID label 1 1 1 1 No. 21 to 40
MU8051 Rack ID label 1 1 1 1 No.1 : 14 pcs
No.2, 3 : 3 pcs each
MU9413 Stylus wire 1 1 1 1  0.2
ZM0227 Stylus wire 1 1 1 1  0.3

Part No. Name MU4961, MU4962 MU4987 MU4988, Remarks

M514- M514- M514- M514-
ACC11 ACC21 ACC31 ACC41
MB0754 Wrench 2.5 1 1 1 1
GB9219 Wrench 1.5 1 1 1 1
MU8117 Adapter C 1 1 22 pcs

ME2272
MU8118 Adapter A 1 1 22 pcs
ME2175
MU8119 Adapter B 1 1 22 pcs
ME2176
MU8120 Seal 1 1 1 1 4 types of seals for DC

cup identification
MD7304 Bottle 60 1 1 1 5
MD7305 Bottle 30 4
ME4609 Bottle 15 4
MD0884 Cap A 12
ZM0062 Sample cup 1 1 1 100 pcs. / cup
ME6332 Tray 1 1 1 For GA drain
ME9382 Name plate 3 German

ME9383 Name plate 3 French
ME9384 Name plate 1 German
ME9385 Name plate 1 French
ME9430 Name plate 1 For ODC

No. Name MU4967 Remarks

M514-TRN 11
ZM0062 Sample cup 1 100 pcs/ cup
ZM0072 Recording paper 1
MD7304 Bottle 60 20
MD7305 Bottle 30 20
MD0884 Cap A 40
MU4122 Orange S40 1
MU4123 Orange R4 1
MS0284 AU detergent 2 2L

Domestic Domestic America Europe

100 V 200 V
Company-
Main unit MU6482 M516-ANL11 1 1 1 1 Analyzer body
composition MU6490 M516-JC01 1 Power supply input
MU4951 M514-JC11 1
MU4952 M514-JC21 1
MU4953 M514-JC31 1
MU4957 M514-JD01 1 1 Power supply control
MU4958 M514-JD11 1
MU4959 M514-JD21 1
MU3181 M520-JE11 1
MU5356 R-tray 1 1 1 1
ME4940 Cover F 1 1 1
MF0302 Cover Fe 1 e-version
MD1252 Base plate 4 4 4 4 Base plate for
installation
ME4935 Ratings plate 1 1
MF0305 Ratings plate 1 e-version
MF0306 Ratings plate 1
MU6535 Plate 1 1 1 1 Caution plates
ME5869 Plate 1 1 EMC mark
MU4705 CSA label 1 CSA mark
MA7764 Plate 1 FCC mark
ME9429 Plate 1 CE mark

General General Australia Europe

110 V 220 V
Company-
Standard MU4961 M514-ACC11 1 1
accessories
MU4962 M514-ACC21 1
MU4987 M514-ACC31 1
Inspections set MU4967 M514-TRN11 1 1
Packaging MU4965 M514-DPC11 1 1 1 1 Internal packaging

material materials
MU4966 M514-EPC11 1 1 External packaging
materials
Consumption MU4963 M514-CSS11 (1) (1)
and spare parts
MU4964 M514-CSS21 (1)
MU4989 M514-CSS31 (1)
Repair parts MU6492 M516-REP11 (1) (1)
MU6493 M516-REP21 (1) (1)
Special MU6494 M516-OPA01 (1) (1) Electrolyte measuring

accessories equipment
MU4971 M514-OPA02 1 Electrolyte measuring
equipment
MU4972 M514-OPA03 (1) Electrolyte measuring
equipment
MU4702 M520-OPH02 (2) Forced liquid discharge
equipment
MU4148 M520-OPH01 2 Forced liquid discharge
equipment
MU3351 M240-OPH03 (2) (2) Forced liquid discharge
equipment
MU2535 M240-OPD01 (1) (1) Water supply
equipment
MU0815 M250-OPE01 (1) (1) Water supply
equipment
equipment
equipment

General General Australia Europe

110 V 220 V
Company-
Special MU5496 M520-OPC01 (1) (1) Additional printer
accessories MU6469 M514-OPZ01 1 1 PC set
MU6471 M521-OPZ01 (1) (1) PC + touch SC
MU5381 M514-OPF01 (1) (1) Touch SC set
MU6537 M516-OPE01 (1) (1) Additional detergent
Plant option
MU7785 M516-OPS31 (1) PROService Program

CD (Europe)
MU7787 M516-OPS41 (1) PROService Program
CD(Asia)

General General Australia

110 V 220 V
Company-
Compositi internal MU6479 MU6480 MU6481
on unit symbol Product name AU403-04 AU404-04 AU403-06 Remarks
Main unit MU6482 M516-ANL11 1 1 1 Analyzer body
compositio
n MU6491 M516-JC41 1 Power supply input
MU4955 M514-JC51 1
MU4956 M514-JC61 1
MU4957 M514-JD01 1 Power supply control
MU4960 M514-JD31 1
MU4982 M514-JD41 1
MU3181 M520-JE11 1 1
MD1252 Base plate 4 4 4 Base plate for

installation
MD4938 Ratings plate 1 1 1 English
ME6338 Plate 1 C-Tic mark

General General Australia

110 V 220 V
Company-
Composition internal MU6479 MU6480 MU6481
unit symbol Product name AU403-04 AU404-04 AU403-06 Remarks
Standard MU4988 M514-ACC41 1 1 1
accessories
Packaging MU4965 M514-DPC11 1 1 1 Internal packaging
material materials
MU4966 M514-EPC11 1 1 1 External packaging
materials
Consumption MU5008 M514-CSS41 (1) (1) (1)
and spare parts
Repair parts MU6493 M516-REP21 (1) (1) (1)
Special MU4986 M514-OPA04 (1) (1) (1) Electrolyte measuring

accessories equipment
MU1853 M240-OPH01 (2) (2) (2) Forced liquid discharge
equipment
MU2535 M240-OPD01 (1) (1) (1) Water supply equipment

Domestic America Europe General Australia

Part No. Name MU4961 MU4962 MU4987 MU4988 MU4988
M514 M514 M514 M514 M514 Remarks
-ACC11 -ACC21 -ACC31 -ACC41 -ACC41
14.3
*Std acs
Standard accessories
MU8092 NE rack W 1 1 1 1 1
MU8096 NE rack Y 1 1 1 1 1 15.65
MU8094 NE rack G 1 1 1 1 1 16.7
MU8093 NE rack B 1 1 1 1 1 11.8
MU8095 NE rack R 1 1 1 1 1 14.3
MU8097 NE rack O 1 1 1 1 1 15.65
MU8109 Program 1 Domestic
MU8110 Program 1 America
MU8111 Program 1 Europe
MU8112 Program 1 1 General, Europe
MU8569 Program 1 China
MU8108 Template 1 Japanese
MV1764 Communication 1 1 1 1 1
cable
DW4114 Cable set 1 Table tap
ME4305 Constant 2 2 2 2 2
temperature fluid
ZM0634 Cuvette 1 1 1 1 1 10 pcs.
MB9961 B-hose 2 2 2 2 2 15x22
MB9963 B-hose 2 2 2 2 2 12x18
MA7528 Band 4 4 4 4 4
MU9934 S-probe 1 1 1 1 1
MU9958 R-probe 1 1 1 1 1
MU9888 Light source lamp 1 1 1 1 1
ZM0062 Sample cup 1 1 1 ACA cup


MU4961 MU4962 MU4987 MU4988 MU4988
Part No. Name M514 M514 M514 M514 M514 Remarks
ME5234 Operation manual 1 Japanese
ME6164 Operation manual 1 1
ME4498 File 1 1 1
MA1198 Warranty 1
MU9066 Rack ID label 1 1 1 1 1 No.1 to 20
MU9067 Rack ID label 1 1 1 1 1 No.21 to 40
MU8051 Rack ID label 1 1 1 1 1 No. 1, 4 pcs., No. 2, 3, 3

each


MU4961 MU4962 MU4987 MU4988 MU4988
Part No. Name M514 M514 M514 M514 M514 Remarks
0.2
MU9413 Piano wire 1 1 1 1 1
ZM0227 Piano wire 1 1 1 1 1 0.3
MB0754 Wrench 2.5 1 1 1 1 1 Cu removal
GB9219 Wrench 1.5 1 1 1 1 1
MU8118 Adapter A 1 1 1 ME2175  22
MU8119 Adapter B 1 1 1 ME2176  22
MU8117 Adapter C 1 1 1 ME2272  22
MU8120 Seal 1 1 1 1 1 DC cup discrimination
ME3333 Partition 20 20 20 20 20 For ID 30
ME4610 Partition 20 20 20 20 20 For ID 15mL
ME4611 Partition 20 20 20 20 20 For ID 15mL
MD7304 Bottle 60 1 1 1 5 5
MD7305 Bottle 30 4 4
ME4609 Bottle 15 4 4
MD0884 Cap A 12 12

Destination Domestic Destination

No.
Company-internal
Composition unit symbol Product name Quantity Remarks
Inspections set ZM0062 Sample cup 1 set with 100 pcs.
1
M514- ZM0072 Recording paper

1
TRN01
MD7304 Bottle 60
20
MU4967 MD7305 Bottle 30
20
MD0884 Cap A
40
MU4122 Orange S40

1
MU4123 Orange R4
1
MS0284 AU detergent 2L
2

____ The hatched parts have been changed from the AU400 (M514).
Product name AU400_M516(MU6474)
Part No. MU6475 MU6476 MU6477 MU6478 MU6579 MU6480 MU6481
Product AU403- AU404- AU403- AU403- AU403- AU404- AU403-
name 01 01 02 03 04 04 06
Destination Japan Japan America Europe Asia Asia Australia

Power supply Remarks
100 200 210 230 110 220 240
voltage (V)
MU6482 M516- M516
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ANL11 analyzer
MU6483 M516- Main unit Washing system, agitation

AA01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 washing tank change,
thermistor change
MU6484 M516- Rack feed New drawing No. for the feed
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CA01 plate
MU6485 M516- Rack feeder Part change for
CB01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 countermeasure against rack
toppling
MU6486 M516- Rack buffer Part change for
CC01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 countermeasure against rack
toppling
MU6532 M516- Retest line Part change for
CD01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 countermeasure against rack
toppling
MU4940 M520- Rack push-out
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CE01
MU4975 M514- Rack storage
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CH01
MU4941 M514- Reagent Rust prevention
DA01 refrigerator 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 countermeasure drawing
change
MU6487 M516- Refrigeration Peltier element change
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DB01 unit
MU5345 M514- Cooler Thermistor change as shown
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DC02 sampler in the drawing
MU6488 M516- S-probe Change of the liquid level
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
FA01 transfer detection circuit board
MU4945 M514- Cuvette
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
FB01 washing
MU4946 M514- Agitation unit
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
FC01
MU6489 M514- R-probe Change of the liquid level
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
FD01 transfer detection circuit board
MU4948 M514- Constant
GA01 temperature 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
tank
MU7948 M541- Degasser Components of the
HA01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 degassifier tube corrected in
the drawing

____ The hatched parts have been changed from the AU400 (M514).
Product AU400_M516(MU6474)
name
ME2357 S-probe 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ME2185 R-probe 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MD7411 Agitation
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
rod
MU9888 Light
source 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
lamp
MU2465 M510- Dispenser
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
SA01
MU8107 M514- Syringe case Change of the S-cover component
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EM01 (MD4189) is being investigated.
M504- S-syringe
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
EH01
M504- R-syringe
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
EJ01
MU3545 M014- Periodic pump Quantity change because of the
BA02 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 detergent unification

B2 Specification (General specifications) B2-1
A. General specifications
1. Method
● Specifications
Discrete, Single-line • multi-test, Patient-oriented
2. Construction
● Specifications
Analyzer • data processor • printer
● Remarks
The data processor is a personal computer.
3. Sample type
● Specifications
Serum • urine • plasma
● Remarks
For each item, the analysis parameters can be set as serum, urine, or one other type.
4. Number of simultaneous analysis items
● Specifications
Item selection input : Max. 51 items (including 3 ISE items)
At the time of special reagent use, LIH is included in the number of items, but it is not included when not used.
Number of reagent bottles which can be set : Max. 38/all 2 steps
Max. 76/all 1 step
● Remarks
99 analysis condition items are memorized., 2 items can be set per bottle.
5. Processing capacity
● Specifications
Main unit : 400 tests/h
When Na, K, Cl/ISE 3 items are connected : Max. 800 tests/h
● Remarks
ISE alone : 200 samples/h
6. Analysis method
● Specifications
(1) One point method-end point
(2) Two point method-automatic blank compensation at the end point
(3) Rate method
(4) Fixed method
(5) Electrode method (ISE)
● Remarks
ISE is optional.
7. Reaction fluid volume
● Specifications
150 to 550 L
8. Reaction time
● Specifications
Max. 8 min, 37.5 sec. (2 steps)
B2 Specification (General specifications) em514b2.docx B2-1

9. Reaction temperature
● Specifications
37C
● Remarks
Sample temperature accuracy  0.3 C
10. Items which can be analyzed
● Specifications
(1) Colorimetry
Enzymes/lipids/proteins/sugar/nitrogen compounds/inorganic substances/complements/others (TBA etc.)
(2) Turbidimetry
lgG/lgA/lgM/C3/C4/RF/CRP/ASO/transferrin/others
(3) Latex agglutination
RF/CRP/ASO/others
(4) Homogeneous EIA (EMIT)
DAU/TDM/others
(5) ISE (option)
Na/K/Cl
● Remarks
ISE is optional.
11. Serum information
● Specifications
The degree of chyle, jaundice, and hemolysis can be measured, and staged indication is possible.
A method using exclusive fluid or a method using a fluid showing no absorption in the visible range can be
selected.
● Remarks
The judgment level for stepped indication can be set.
12. Reception
● Specifications
(1) Individual and group item selection can be specified together.
(2) Item selection input method
1) Keyboard
2) On-line
3) Mouse
4) Touch screen (option)
(3) For item selection, input is possible for max.
8000 samples/index.
Max. 90 indices can be stored.
(4) Max. 51 items can be received per sample.
(5) Input of patient information is possible separate from item selection.
● Remarks
A total of 30,000 samples can be memorized.
13. Reanalysis
● Specifications
(1) Automatic reanalysis and manual reanalysis are possible.
(2) Sample quantity : Normal, increased, decreased

14. Warmup & Standby

● Specifications
(1) Use with standby at all times is possible.
(2) Warmup time : 20 min.
(3) Power supply automatic start-up/shut-down possible (fixed sequence)
● Remarks
At the time of power failure, the automatic start-up function does not recover.
15. Input method
● Specifications
(1) Key input interactive with the CRT
(2) On-line
(3) Mouse
(4) Touch screen
● Remarks
CRT display
Japan - Japanese
USA - English
Europe - English
General areas - English
16. Output method
● Specifications
(1) CRT display
(2) Printer printing
(3) Hard disk
(4) Floppy disk
(5) On-line (RS232C)
17. STAT operation
● Specifications
(1) Start by one-key operation
(2) Interrupt between tests
● Remarks
Under some conditions, additional key operation is required.
18. Modem
● Specifications
Communication of various information by telephone lines is possible (option).
19. Predilution
● Specifications
(1) Dilution factor : 5 to 100
(2) Diluent : Water
(3) Execution possible in normal analysis mode
(4) Object samples : Serum, Urine, one other type
20. Safety
● Specifications
(1) With collision prevention function for sample and reagent transfer devices
21. Reliability
● Specifications
(1) Sample dispensing clogging detection

B. Sampling Section
1. Sample setting method
● Specifications
Rack section : General, emergency, standard fluid, accuracy management
Turntable section : Standard fluid, accuracy management, STAT, washing fluid, ISE standard fluid, ISE
detergent, reagent blank
2. Sample cup
● Specifications
Rack STAT
Outer circumference Inner circumference
1. Commercial Conical (MD0779)  
2. Cup for minute samples 
3. Hitachi cup  
4. Commercial blood-collecting vessel   *
 Inner diameter (9 to 15)
 Outer diameter (11.5 to 16)
 Length 55 to 100
5. ACA cup   
● Remarks
Hitachi No. 707-0313
Hitachi No. 716-0425
* : Only outer diameter 12
The max. diameter of blood-collecting vessels shall be less than 17.5 mm.
3. Dead volume
● Specifications
Rack STAT
50 L or less (Hitachi cup) 30 L or less ( Hitachi cup for very small amount sample )
250 L or less (ACA cup) 50 L or less ( Hitachi cup )
200 L or less ( 13 mm test tube) 50 L or less ( Conical cup )
250 L or less ( 15 mm test tube) 250 L or less ( ACA cup )
200 L or less ( 13 mm test tube)
250 L or less ( 15 mm test tube)
Note Aspiration for under 25 L
4. Sample mounting number
● Specifications
Rack section : Max. 80 samples simultaneously
Turntable section : Max. 22 samples simultaneously + 7 detergent types
5. STAT samples
● Specifications
(1) Interrupt analysis by turntable or red racks is possible.
(2) Blood-collecting vessels can be set.
(3) Bar code reading is possible.
6. Sampling mechanism
● Specifications
(1) Microsyringe method
(2) Probe with fluid level detection function (made of metal)
(3) With washing of probe inside and outside
(4) Detection function for clogging inside the probe
(5) With a mechanism for prevention of collision between probe and sample tube

7. Sample quantity setting range

● Specifications
In case of normal dispensing
(1) 2 to 50 L/test
(2) Setting possible in units of 0.5 L
(3) Input of 1, 1.5 L possible only at the time of reanalysis
In case of repeat-run dilution dispensing

(1) 2 to 25 L/test
(2) Setting possible in units of 0.5 L
(3) Input of 1, 1.5 L possible only at the time of reanalysis
(4) The upper limit for the total dispensing quantity (sample + extrusion water) is 35 L.
(5) The extrusion water is fixed to 10 L.
8. Sample deterioration prevention
● Specifications
(1) With sampler cover
(2) Turntable section with refrigeration function
● Remarks
Protection from condensation, deterioration, and dust
9. Sample identification
● Specifications
By bar code
Types : NW7, CODE 39, CODE 128, ISBT-CODE 128, 2 of 5 interleaved, 2 of 5 standard
However, digit specification for 2 of 5
Mixed reading is possible.
Digit number : Max. 22 digits, including start, stop, and check characters
Object samples : General, emergency, STAT samples
● Remarks
The bar code reader is a standard accessory.
10. Sample type identification
● Specifications
(1) Identification by rack type for general, emergency, accuracy management, standard fluid, etc. and by set
position on the turntable
(2) Identification of serum and urine
Rack section : Rack No.
Turntable section : Specified in advance by set position

C. Reaction section
1. Reagent setting method
● Specifications
(1) Turntable method
(2) First and second reagent are set to one turntable.
(3) Passing over the same type of reagent is possible.
● Remarks
Setting possible only at the time of standby mode
2. Reagent ID
● Specifications
ID according to bar code
3. Reagent type
● Specifications
Normal Reagent / Concentrated reagent
4. Reagent deterioration prevention
● Specifications
(1) All reagents refrigerated (refrigeration temperature : 4 to 12C)
(2) Protection from drying out, temperature, light, dust, etc.
5. Reagent dispensing mechanism
● Specifications
(1) Microsyringe method
(2) With reagent fluid level detection function
(3) With washing of probe inside and outside
(4) With a mechanism for prevention of collision between probe and reagent bottle
6. Number of reagent injection steps
● Specifications
2 steps
7. Reagent quantity setting range
● Specifications
(1) 25 to 300 L (setting possible in units of 1 L)
(2) R1 + R2  500 L
8. Reagent vessel setting positions and volumes
● Specifications
(1) Max. 76 units (total number for R1 + R2)
(2) Reagent vessels : Vessels of 15, 30, or 60 mL
● Remarks
Mixed setting is possible.
9. Reagent dead volume
● Specifications
30 and 60 mL bottles : 1 mL
15 mL bottles : 350 L

10. Mixing method

● Specifications
(1) Rotation mixing method
(2) Mixing performed three times, after R1 dispensing, after S dispensing, and after R2 dispensing.
11. Reagent remaining display
● Specifications
(1) Remaining volume of reagent bottle and remaining shots counts are displayed.
(2) Saving & display of shot counts per test.
12. Reaction vessels
● Specifications
Square glass cuvettes, optical path length 6 mm
● Remarks
Washed and used repeatedly
13. Incubator temperature control
● Specifications
(1) Dry bath method
(2) Reaction temperature : 37C
● Remarks
Mixture temperature accuracy :  0.3 C
14. Temperature indication
● Specifications
CRT indication for incubator and reagent holding refrigerator temperature
15. Reaction line

● Specifications
Rotating disk method
16. Reagent contamination prevention

● Specifications
(1) Detergent washing for cuvette and mixing rod
(2) Automatic change of the analysis sequence according to the item combination
(3) Automatic addition of washing cycles

D. Measuring section (photometer)

1. Optical system method
● Specifications
Rear diffraction method (polychromator method)
Detector arrangement corresponding to each wavelength
2. Wavelength range
● Specifications
13 wavelengths (340 to 800 nm)
340/380/410/450/480/520/540/570/600/660/700/750/800 nm
3. Light source
● Specifications
Halogen lamp, 12 V/20 W
4. Diffraction method
● Specifications
Use of a concave diffraction grating for the dispersive element
5. Densitometry vessel
● Specifications
Glass reaction vessel, light path length : 6 mm
6. Fluid quantity required for densitometry
● Specifications
150 L
7. Detector
● Specifications
One silicon photodiode array
● Remarks
Built-in preamplifier
8. Number of measuring wavelengths per item
● Specifications
One or two wavelengths
9. Measuring absorbency range
● Specifications
0 to 2.5 OD
10. Measuring interval
● Specifications
18 sec. (* If between P10 and P11, 27sec.)
● Remarks
Light path length : Converted to 10 mm
11. Densitometry resolution
● Specifications
0.0001 OD

E. Operation section
1. Calibration
● Specifications
(1) Calibration types : Straight line, polygonal line, approximation curve, spline function
(2) Calibration setting method
1) Standard fluid • control serum, max. 200 specifications possible (Max 200 types : Scince Prg. Ver 5.0)
Max. seven types per item (Max. 80 types : Less than Prg. Ver 5.0)
2) Manual input - Max. seven items
(3) One-point compensation possible for multiple point calibration lines
(4) Recalibration is possible as desired.
(5) Function for automatic calibration execution
● Remarks
One-point compensation possible for multiple point calibration lines
2. Compensation
● Specifications
(1) Blank compensation : Reagent blanks and sample blanks
(2) Data compensation : Correlation compensation (Y = AX + B)
Sample quantity compensation at the time of reanalysis
(3) Quantity compensation according to the sample quantity change at the time of reanalysis and predilution
dispensing
3. Calculated Test
● Specifications
Max. 10 types can be set.
Max. 5 items of analysis data can be used per type, and arithmetic operations can be set as desired.
4. Accuracy management
● Specifications
(1) Control serum : Max. 20 types can be used. (Max.60 types : Since Program Ver 2.1)
Max. six types per item
(2) Processing contents : X management/X – R management (J-L method)
Multirule (W.G method)
Twin plot
(3) Display : Management diagram CRT display and printout are possible.
(4) Display and output of QC day-to-day data possible
(5) With QC automatic execution function
● Remarks
By setting the accuracy management sample judgment level, alarm output is possible at the time of trouble.
X : Daily data variation
XR : Day-to-day variation
5. On-line I/O
● Specifications
RS232C, 1 system
6. Data input
● Specifications
(1) Manual data input is possible (by samples/by items).
(2) I/O methods for item selection
 Keyboard/mouse
 On-line
 Touch screen (option)

7. Data output and list output

● Specifications
(1) Data output
Monitoring data during analysis
Management data
(2) List output
Data lists/work lists/alarm lists
8. Data records
● Specifications
(1) Hard disk
Floppy disks (3.5 inch)
9. Statistical calculations
● Specifications
(1) Correlation coefficient for two items/regression formula
(2) Calculation of X /SD/CV/R by item
Reagent consumption quantity management
10. Data retrieval
● Specifications
Retrieval is possible with patient name/patient ID No./physician’s name/hospital ward, etc. as keywords.
11. Reaction monitor
● Specifications
(1) CRT display is possible when specified during analysis work.
(2) Printer output is possible.
(3) The data for 10,000 tests can be memorized.
12. Data check
● Specifications
Normal value range (7 types can be set)
Dynamic range, Panic value, Reaction fluid absorbancy range, reaction linearity
reagent absorbancy range, reanalysis range, Antigen excess, check between items
● Remarks
Comparison is made with the set value, and when required, a trouble symbol is added.
13. Alarm, notification
● Specifications
(1) Type : Operation error
Analyzer mechanical error, Data processor hardware error
Data trouble, Maintenance information
(2) Level : Notification/analysis interruption/analysis stop
system down
(3) Indication : Comment display on the CRT
Creation of an alarm sound
(4) Processing : The processing method can be confirmed.
14. Diagnosis functions
● Specifications
(1) Operation confirmation/function performance confirmation possible by DIAG menu selection
(2) Transmission and reception of equipment information possible by communication function
15. Password
● Specifications
Access to specific menus can be protected by passwords.

F. Installation conditions
1. Power supply
● Specifications
(1) Power supply voltage : AC 100, 110, 120, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240 V (within  10%)
(2) Frequency : 50/60 Hz (within  1 Hz)
(3) Max. rated power consumption : 3.5 kVA
● Remarks
Standard power supply voltage
Domestic : 100 V or 200 V
Overseas : 210 V (USA), 230 V (Europe)
Equipment heat generation : About 2600 kcal/h ( 10870000J/H)
2. Water supply
● Specifications
Automatic water supply by connection to an ion exchanger
AU401, AU402 (M514)
Mean water use quantity (50/60 Hz) : 26.0 L/h (Operation timing)
Max. momentary water use quantity (50/60 Hz) : 0.7 L/min.
AU403, AU404 (M516)
Mean water use quantity (50/60 Hz) : 20.0 L/h (Operation timing)
Max. momentary water use quantity (50/60 Hz) : 0.7 L/min.
3. Drainage
● Specifications
Separate gravity drop discharge of examined fluid (concentrated waste fluid) and washing waste fluid (diluted
waste fluid).
4. Equipment dimensions and weight
● Specifications
W  D  H (mm) Weight (kg)
ANL 1450 760 1205 420
DPR (600) (700) (1600) (65)
● Remarks
The DPR includes rack, personal computer, CRT, and printer.
5. Earthing
● Specifications
Class 3 (earthing resistance: 100  or less)
6. Use environment
● Specifications
(1) Temperature : 18 to 32C, temperature fluctuation shall be within the range of 4C
during measurement
(2) Humidity : 40 to 80% RH however, no condensation
(3) Ion exchange water conductivity : 2.0 s/Cm or more
(4) Ion exchange water temperature : 5C or less
7. Installation environment
● Specifications
(1) Temperature : 5 to 40C
Humidity : 40 to 80% RH
However, no condensation

G. Special accessories (optional)

1. Electrolyte measuring unit
● Specifications
(1) Na/K/Cl
(2) Processing capacity
Na/K/Cl : 200 samples/h
2. Forced drainage device
● Specifications
Drainage capacity : 50 Hz : 58 L/h
60 Hz : 70 L/h
Head : 1.5 m
3. Touch screen
● Specifications
Information input from the CRT screen
● Remarks
Correspondence to some menus

Only the changes from M514

Item Specifications Remarks
C. Reaction section
8 Installation places and capacity 2. Max. 76 pcs. (total for R1 and R2)
for reagent containers
3. Reagent containers: 15, 30, 60 mL containers
9 Reagent dead volume 30, 60 mL: 1 mL or less, 15 mL: 400 L or less
11 Remaining reagent indication 1. Indication of the remaining reagent quantity in the

container and the number of possible tests
(the remaining reagent quantity is calculated by
real-time measuring and count-down from the
initial value.)
E. Calculation section
1 Calibration 2. Calibration curve setting method Increased to 200 types
1) Standard fluid, standard serum, max. 200 types

can be used, max. seven types per item
5. Function for batch compensation for multiple
reagent lots
F. Installation conditions
2 Water supply Automatic water supply by connection with an ion Reduction of the used
exchanger water quantity
Mean used water quantity (50/60 Hz): 20.0 L/h Max.
momentary used water quantity (50/60 Hz): 0.7 L/min
(for 45 sec)

B3 System layout Drawing B3-1
 Top component layout
No. Name Remarks

(1) CA unit
(2) CB unit
(3) CC unit
(4) CD unit
(5) CE unit
(6) CH unit
(7) DA unit
(8) DC unit
(9) FA unit
(10) FD unit
(11) FB unit
(12) FC unit
(13) GA unit
(14) ISE unit
B3 System layout Drawing em514b301.docx B3-1

 Component layout
No. Name Remarks

(1) DI water tank
(2) Original detergent A supply pump
(3) Original detergent B supply pump
(4) Detergent tank A
(5) Detergent tank B
(6) DI water supply pump
(7) Detergent A supply pump
(8) Detergent B supply pump
(9) Original detergent A tank
(10) Original detergent B tank
(11) Degessed water supply pump
(12) Vacuum pump
(13) SA unit For sample dispense
(14) SA unit For reagent dispense
(15) SA unit For ISE
(16) Clogging detection sensor
(17) REF liquid tank For ISE
(18) MID STD tank For ISE
(19) BUFFER liquid tank For ISE

 Rear component layout
No. Name Remarks

(1) JD unit
(2) JC unit
(3) Degasser
(4) Vacuum tank
(5) DB unit

B4 Plumbing outline (dispensing line) B4-1
 Diagram
Symbol Name
P1 DI water supply pump
P11 Degassed water supply pump
V3 Detergent A dilution valve
V4 Detergent B dilution valve
V5 S probe inner wash valve
V6 R probe inner wash valve
V9 Probe inner wash water back valve
B4 Plumbing outline (dispensing line) em514b401.docx B4-1

Description of the dispensing plumbing line operation

1. Resetting
Dispenser (SA)
 Dispenser leaves from the high point. (The dispenser rotates counterclockwise by 100 P when the SA
upper point sensor works. It moves down at a rate of 1000 P/s until the upper point sensor is turned off.)
 The SA upper point sensor works. (The dispenser rotates clockwise and moves up at a rate of 1000 P/s. It
stops at first phase origin after upper sensor detection.)
 The dispenser returns to the origin. (The dispenser rotates counterclockwise and moves down by 38 P.)
2. Dispense Sequence
The dispense sequence shall be executed according to the attached time chart etc.
 : Dispensing  : Transfer
Specified Sample Amount Dispensing Sequence
- The probe moves down from the high-point washing position to the low-point washing position.
- Drain of air and extra sample
- Washing. Preliminary aspiration is executed during washing.
- The probe moves up to the upper-point washing position.
- Preliminary drain
- The probe rotates and moves to sample aspiration positions (rack, STAT, ISE STD)
- Aspiration of air
- The probe moves down until the sample level is detected.
- Aspiration of sample, dummy and extra sample
The aspiration timing is delayed according to the dispensed sample amount (to prevent the probe from
vibration).
- The probe moved up 90 P.
- Drain of dummy
- Probe is gone up till upper point.
- The probe moves to sample dispense position (cuvette, ISE).)
- Discharge of sample
The probe discharge timing is delayed according to the dispensed sample amount (to prevent the probe
from vibration).
- The probe moves to the washing position.
3. Sample Dilution Dispensing Sequence (1 Cycle) and ISE Dispensing Sequence

- The probe moves down from the upper-point washing position to the lower-point washing position.
- Drain of air and extra sample (the same as specified amount dispensing mode in sample case)
- Washing. Diluent and preliminary aspirations are executed during washing.
- The probe moves up to the upper-point washing position.
- The probe rotates and moves to sample aspiration position (rack, STAT, ISE STD).)
- The probe moves down until the sample level is detected.
- Aspiration of sample

- Drain of dummy
- Probe is gone up till upper point.
- The probe moves to sample dispense position (cuvette, ISE).
- Drain of sample, air and diluent
4. Specified Reagent Amount Dispensing Sequence

- The probe moves down from the high-point washing position to the low-point washing position.
- Drain of air and extra reagent
- Washing. Preliminary aspiration is executed during washing.
- The probe moves up to the high-point washing position.
- The probe rotates and moves to the reagent aspiration position (reagent rotary tray).
- The probe moves down until the reagent level is detected.
- Aspiration of reagent, dummy and extra reagent
The aspiration timing is delayed according to the dispensed reagent amount (to prevent probes from
vibration).
- The probe moves up to the upper point.
- Probe is gone up to upper point.
- The probe moves to the reagent dispense position (cuvette).
- Reagent discahrge
The dispense timing is delayed according to the dispensed reagent amount (to prevent probes from
vibration).
5. Reagent Dilution Dispensing Sequence (1 Cycle)

- The probe moves down from the upper-point washing position to the lower-point washing position.
- Drain of air and extra reagent
- Washing. Diluent and preliminary aspirations are executed during washing.
- The probe moves up to the high-point washing position.
- The probe rotates and moves to the reagent aspiration position (reagent rotary tray).
- The probe moves down until the reagent level is detected.
- Aspiration of reagent & dummy & remainder
Let the aspiration timing late by reagent dispense amount (Measure for probe vibration)
- The probe moves up to the upper point.
- The probe moves to reagent dispense position (cuvette).
- Dispense of reagent, air and diluent
Let the aspiration timing late by reagent dispense amount (Measure for probe vibration)

Time chart

B4 Plumbing outline (Washing line) B4-5
Description of washing line operation
1. Supplying detergent (see piping diagram)

1. General
Two types of detergents, A (acid detergent) and B (alkali detergent), are prepared in this system. Each undiluted
detergent is aspirated by the rolling pump (P12) & (P13) and fed to its dedicated detergent tank. In
simultaneous with the process, the deionized water is supplied to detergent tanks via the DI
water supply pump (P1) to dilute these undiluted detergents and prepare washing solutions of
proper concentration. (Dilution magnification is 2 %.)
These detergents are aspirated by the detergent supply pump (P4) & (P5), and are supplied to
cuvette washing 1st and 2nd nozzles, and mix rod wash ports for S & R by properly selecting
valves (V14), (V17) and (V18).
Each undiluted detergent tank is equipped with a sensor that detects the lower limit of the fluid
level. When this sensor is turned on, an error message showing short fluid appears for warning.
Each detergent tank is equipped with sensors that detect the overflow upper limit and lower
limit, and detection sensor for stored amount up/ down is installed. These sensors let the operator
know the stored fluid amount to properly prepare the detergent.
When the fluid level reaches the overflow upper limit or low point and the sensor works, an error
message appears to give warning to the operator. If the error status is not reset within the
specified time, the machine will be shut down.
2. Preparation of Detergents (Dilution for Original Detergents)

In MEASURE action ( 9 sec. cycle ) when the lower point float SW is ON, the rolling pump (P12) & (P13)
(feeding original detergent) is executed specified action and supplied specified original liquid to the detergent
tank. And simultaneously, the valves (V3) & (V4) is turned ON and supplied specified amount of DI water to the
detergent tank and diluted the original liquid.
When the upper point float SW is turned ON, the detergent generation is stopped.
3. Supplying Detergents
Detergents A and B are respectively prepared and stored in the detergent tanks.
When the valve (V17) is turned ON, detergent A is supplied to 1st nozzle of cuvette wash portion by detergent A
supply pump (P4).
When the valve (V18) is turned ON, detergent B is supplied to 1st nozzle of cuvette wash portion by detergent B
supply pump (P5).
When the valve (V14) is turned ON, detergent B is supplied to wash pot.
4. Supplying Washing Water (Deionized Water)

The deionized water stored in the deionized water tank is supplied by the DI water supply pump (P1) for washing
the cuvettes, mix rods, and S & R probes (exteriors of the sample, S & R probes are washed).
The DI water supply pump (P1) is always rotating and supplies the deionized water to these sections for washing
by opening the valves (V10), (V11) and (V16).
When cuvette washing, the DI water is supplied from the coolant pipe to 3th to 6th nozzle of cuvette wash
portion by turning ON the valve (V16).
When S & R probe washing, the DI water is supplied to mix rod wash pot by turning ON the valve (V11).
When the S & R probe washing, the DI water is supplied to probe wash pot by turning ON the valve (V10).
B4 Plumbing outline (Washing line) em514b402.docx B4-5

B4 Plumbing outline B4-6
Draining detergent (see plumbing diagram)

1. Draining Detergent from Cuvettes
The detergent used to wash out the mixture fluids in the cuvettes shall be removed by inserting the cuvette
washing nozzles into the cuvettes and aspirating the fluid such as detergents. The aspiration is performed by
generating a negative pressure inside the vacuum tank using the vacuum pump (P6) and opening the valves
(V23), (V26), (V29) and (V32).
1.1 Sample Aspiration Terminal

The condensed waste such as mixture fluid is aspirated from the cuvette washing 1st nozzle connected to sample
aspiration terminal; the detergent A is aspirated by the 2nd nozzle; the detergent B is aspirated by the 3rd nozzle
from cuvette to sample aspiration terminal. Since these nozzles are connected to the condensed water terminal,
these fluids are sent to this terminal.
With the cuvette washing nozzles moving down, the valve (V29) is opened to apply the negative pressure to the
condensed waste terminal to aspirate these wastes while inserting the nozzles into the cuvettes. Immediately
after the nozzles completely move down, the valve (V29) is closed to end the aspiration of wastes.
This aspiration shall also be executed immediately after the nozzles start moving up, in order to prevent the
fluids from dripping. When the cuvette washing nozzles move up, the valve (V28) is opened to release the
pressure in the sample aspiraton terminal to the open air and then the valve (V30) is opened. This allows the
fluids aspirated such as mixture fluid to be drained from the machine as condensed wastes by gravity flow.
1.2 Wash Water Aspiration Terminal

The washing water in the cuvettes is aspirated to the aspiration terminal from 5th, 6th and 7th nozzles of the
cuvette washing that are connected to this terminal.
The aspiration is carried out in the similar way to Section 1.1.
With the cuvette washing nozzles moving down, the valve (V32) is opened to apply the negative pressure to the
aspiration terminal to aspirate the washing water while inserting the nozzles into the cuvettes. Immediately after
the nozzles completely move down, the valve (V32) is closed to end the aspiration of wastes.
This aspiration shall also be executed immediately after the nozzles start moving up, in order to prevent the fluid
from dripping.
When the cuvette washing nozzles move up, the valve (V31) is opened to release the pressure in the aspiration
terminal to the
open air and then the valve (V33) is opened. This allows the washing water in the terminal to be drained from
the machine as thin wastes by gravity flow.
1.3 Overflow Terminal

The overflow nozzle and 8th (dry chip) nozzle, which are connected to the overflow terminal, aspirate the extra
and remaining fluids in the cuvettes.
Immediately after the cuvette washing nozzles move down, the valve (V23) is opened to apply the negative
pressure to the overflow terminal to aspirate these fluids. When the nozzles move up, the valve (V23) is closed
to end the aspiration.
When the cuvette washing nozzles move up, the valve (V22) is opened to release the pressure in the overflow
terminal to the open air and then the valve (V24) is opened. This allows the fluids in the terminal to be drained
from the machine as thin wastes by gravity flow.
B4 Plumbing outline em514b403.docx B4-6

1.4 Drip Terminal

The drip terminal is connected to the cuvettes via the valves (V19), (V20) and (V21) in the midway of the feed
pipes for detergents A and B, and washing water.
When the cuvette washing nozzles move down, the detergents A and B, and washing water are fed to the
cuvettes, and the nozzles move up, the valves (V19), (V20) and (V21) are opened to aspirate the fluids between
the nozzle ends and valves to the drip terminal.
This prevents the fluids dripping from the nozzles due to vibrations caused by vertical movements of nozzles.
When the cuvette washing nozzles move up, the valve (V25) is opened to release the pressure in the drip
terminal to the open air and then the valve (V27) is opened. This allows the fluids in the terminal to be drained
from the machine as thin wastes by gravity flow.
2. Draining Fluids in Vacuum Tank

Two to three minutes before measure and washing operations, the valves (V25), (V26) and i are opened with the
vacuum pump being shut down to equalize the pressure in the vacuum tank to the atmosphere. Then, the valve
(V34) is opened to drain the fluids in the tank from the machine as thin wastes by gravity flow.
Immediately before the MEASURE and washing operations, the vacuum pump works to generate the negative
pressure in the vacuum tank.
The pressure is monitored by a sensor.( -150mmHg ( -20kpa )) When it is insufficient, an error message appears
on the CRT to warn the situation and Prevent moving to next step.
A level sensor is equipped to the lower section of the vacuum tank, and checks the fluid level immediately before
the major and washing operations. When the fluid exceeds the specified level, an error message appears on the
CRT to warn the situation and prevent moving to next step. When this level sensor detects excessive high fluid
level during the analysis, an error message appears on the CRT to warn the situation, and the machine is shut
down after the specified time.
Draining detergent (see plumbingdiagram) (Contd.)

3. Draining Fluids from Washing Ports
The washing water used in the sample probes, reagent probes and mix rods is drained from washing ports and
disposed from the machine as thin wastes by gravity flow.
4. Draining Other Wastes

The wastes from the incubation bath and refrigerator are drained from the machine as thin wastes by gravity
flow.

ITEM SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD / OTHERS

(or DESCRIPTION)
1 Supply amount of (1) Supply amount of A detergent
detergents  Supply amount for cuvette 0.8 to 1.6mL
washing (Pouring amount to
(0.8 mL)
cuvette)
(2) Supply amount of B detergent
 Supply amount for cuvette 0.8 to 1.6 mL ( 0.8 mL )
washing (Pouring amount to
cuvette) 3.2 to 4.2 mL
 Supply amount to mix rod
wash pot
2 Deionized water supply (1) Wash water supply amount
amount  Supply amount for cuvette 0.9 to 1.6 mL
washing (Pouring amount to ( 0.8 mL )
cuvette)
 Supply amount to S probe
outer washing 2 to 3 mL
 Supply amount to R probe 2 to 3 mL
outer washing
 Supply amount to mix rod
3.2 to 4.2 mL
wash pot

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
DA0 1 c
MD 2 7 5 1 GA0 1 ( ME 5 6 4 6 )( T 1 x 2 x 2 5 0 )
DC02 L7 x13x 1400
( T 1 x 2 x 2 5 0 )
( T 1 x 2 x 2 5 0 )
MD 9 9 9 7
MB 0 0 2 0 L12 x18 x110 ( T 1 x 2 x 2 5 0 )
b
L7 x1 3 x 1 0 0
c MB 8 8 8 9 e GB9 5 4 0 ( T 1 x 2 x 2 5 0 )
Front
A
P5 x9 x270 L 7x 1 3 x 5 0 MB 0 0 1 8
Drain
GB7 1 5 3
b c B ( T 1 x 2 x 2 5 0 )
b e e
e ( ME 1 5 1 5 )( T 1 x 2 x 2 9 0 )
b b MA 5 6 0 2
L12x 18x 270 1C ( T 1 x 2 x 2 9 0 )
e
(M B 7 7 5 6 x 2 0 p c s )
( T 1 x 2 x 2 9 0 )
c c 3C 2C MD 7 7 3 8
4C T 1 x 2 x 2 9 0
L7 x13x 42
( MD 9 7 9 7 ) ( )
b ( MA 7 0 6 6 )
GB7 5 0 7
MU 5 0 3 3 ( MB 1 9 6 5 )( T 1 x 2 x 3 2 0 )
MU 2 9 6 1
E
a 6C 5C ( T 1 x 2 x 3 2 0 )
MD 1 1 9 2 b 250W
L12 x18x 250

L1 2 x1 8 x1 6 0 ( T 1 x 2 x 3 2 0 )
L12 x18x 1000

MA 5 8 3 4 ( T 1 x 2 x 3 2 0 )
Rear
C
C
C
C
C
C
c ( T 1 x 2 x 3 2 0 )
( MD 7 7 9 0 )
GB7 3 2 5
b
1
2
3
4
5
6
350W
( AA0 1 ) b f ( T 1 x 2 x 3 2 0 )
1
2
3
4
5
6
MA 5 8 3 4 e
L1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
( T 1 x 2 x 3 2 0 )
MA 7 6 6 7
MB 8 8 9 4
( MD 9 8 8 2 )( T 1 x 2 x 2 0 0 )
ME 0 3 2 1 MB 5 7 5 3
L7 x13 x520 P2. 5 x4. 5x 25 ( T 1 x 2 x 1 8 0 )
DB01
1A
2A
3A
4A
c ( *:Total 24 ) ( T 1 x 2 x 1 8 0 )
7A
5A
6A
B
B
B
B
B
B
P5x 9x 180
( M A 3 6 2 7 x 2 0 pcs)
a A A
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
L7 x 1 3x 2 0 0 0
A A A A A A
MA 3 6 9 1
a b b MB 0 0 0 3 T2 x3 x50 0
d d d d d d
L12 x18x 180

a f
b MB 0 0 0 3
GB6 2 7 9
180 T2x 3x 50 0
Mix wash cup Mix wash cup
ME 5 5 2 1 T2x 3x 45 0
MB 0 0 2 0 L 1 2 x 1 8 x 1 0 0 0 ( Detergent )
MA 5 1 0 7
MD 9 8 5 6 ( Water )
B
MB 8 8 9 4 f ME 5 5 2 1 T2x 3x 450
181 D M1 5 5 4 L12 x18x60
e B B B B B B
P2. 5 x4. 5 x150

GA Coolant MA 7 6 6 7 ME 5 5 2 1 T2x 3x 450 e e e
P2 . 5 x4 . 5 x1 5 0
Circuration Pump 6 ME 5 0 5 2
MB 9 1 5 8
ME 5 0 5 1 d ME 5 5 2 1 T2x 3 x450
MU 4 9 2 0 d d d
MB 9 1 5 8
C C C C C C
L1 2 x1 8 x 3 7 0
L12 x18 x300 5 d
M A 7 5 1 9 x 3pcs
DA Coolant Circuration Pump
DA GB7 5 1 0 f
MD 8 4 4 5
d d
MD 7 6 4 9 d d d d d d Wash water
d 59 59 Overflow
MD 0 0 0 7
f MF 3 7 5 1 Sample,
ME 5 0 1 0
ME 6 3 3 2 MF 3 7 5 1 aspiration
d aspiration
T2x 3 x300
d Detergent
MD 7 7 5 2
MD 7 7 5 0
MD 7 7 4 6
MD 9 2 0 8
MD 9 2 0 8
d d e aspiration
ME 5 0 1 0
d
DC L1 2 x1 8 x2 5 0
f f d MD 9 9 8 6 MD 9 9 8 6
f f GB7 3 2 5 f f f d T2x 3 x50 d T2x 3x 50
d
MA 5 8 3 4
L 1 2 x1 8 x 2 0 0
d d
L1 2 x1 8 x 1 0 0
d Liquid drip
f MB 0 0 2 0 f f f f f f f d d d A
B A D
P2. 5x4. 5x 400

MA 4 9 9 6
DA, DB, DC Refer to MU4942L1
L7 x 1 3x 4 2
d d aspiration
MD 7 7 5 4
MD 0 0 0 5
5 9 MF 3 7 5 1 e
GB7 5 0 7
f 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P2 . 5 x4 . 5 x1 5 0
T2 x3 x450
MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 A A
DA e
P2. 5 x4. 5 x150

f
B ME 5 5 2 1
MA 3 1 3 7
L12x18x50 f e
T 2x 3x 4 5 0
Cuvette wash
ME 1 5 8 0
GB7 5 0 7
GB7 5 0 7
MB 9 1 5 8
L7x13x42
ME 5 5 2 1
f
L7x13x42
MD 1 1 9 1
MA 4 9 1 3
f f f
L 1 2 x 1 8x 4 0
L1 2 x 1 8x 4 0
L12 x18x 40
f e
L7 x 1 3x 8 0 0
L7 x 1 3x 8 0 0
1: Mixture Aspiration, Det.A Dispence 5: Rinse Water Aspiration, Rinse water Dispense
MB 9 1 5 8
MA 5 6 2 1 ( MD 9 2 1 4 ) MA 7 6 6 6
E
MD 9 9 8 7
MD 9 9 8 7
GB7 1 6 2
MD 9 9 8 7
f
GB7 1 6 2
T 1 . 5 x 2 . 5x 8 0 0 ( T1. 5 x2. 5x 950) L12x 18x 70 339 OUT 2: Det.A Aspiration , Det. B Dispense 6: Rinse Water Aspiration, Rinse water Dispense
MB 7 7 3 8
MA 3 5 1 0 Wash S
L1 2 x1 8 x 2 0 0
R
MF 3 7 5 1
R f V1 9 water drip 3: Det.B Aspiration , Rinse Water Dispense 7: Rinse Water Aspiration
e
MA 4 9 1 2
e
L7 x1 3 x 8 0 0
Prevention f f f f 4: Rinse Water Aspiration , Rinse Water Dispense 8: Dry Aspiration
MA 4 9 9 6
MA 5 1 8 7 e
R
MB 8 8 9 2 M U 6 1 9 0 I N valve
A
MD 9 2 1 2 ( MD 9 2 1 3 ) I N 338
L12 x18x 40
GB7 1 6 2
L12x 18x 230 GB5 5 9 8 I N I N I N
e e
59
T1x 2x 320 ( T1 x2 x 9 5 0 ) e
L 7 x 1 3x 7 0
MA 5 1 8 7
MD 9 9 8 7
MD 1 4 0 9
( MB 5 9 4 6 ) V2 1 S
S S ME 5 5 1 6 e 330 V3 0 331 V2 4 340 V3 3
P 2 . 5 x4 . 5 x1 5 0
L7 x13 x80 I N
S
MA 5 1 8 6 d e 337
( GB6 5 7 5 ) d GB6 8 6 9 e OUT
OUT Mixture OUT Overflow OUT Aspiration
( MD 7 2 5 7 )
( GB7 7 7 6 ) Det B drip V2 0
T1. 5x 2. 5x 270
d GB5 5 9 8 Prevention Discharge valve Discharge valve Discharge valve

GB7 7 7 6
MB 9 1 5 8
f f f
5 9 MF 3 7 5 1 e
GB6 5 7 5
MD 9 9 8 6 valve Det A drip MU 2 9 5 0 MU 2 9 4 9

T2x 3x 50 S MU 2 9 4 9
( GB6 5 7 5 )
( ME 4 8 2 9 )
L1 2x 1 8x 6 0
MA 5 1 8 6
O U T Prevention
M5 1 0 - S A 0 1 d MU6910
( MD 1 1 1 3 )
( T1 x2 x 1 5 0 ) valve
MA 2 2 1 3
MA 7 6 6 7
d d
B MU6910
( T1. 5 x2. 5 x145)

d
MB 0 0 2 0
f d
T2x 3x 5 0
MD 9 9 8 6
MA 4 9 1 3 59 S
T1x2x150
MF 3 7 5 1
MD 2 8 8 0
MB 7 7 3 8
C d
M5 1 0 - S A 0 1 f
f
( ME 4 8 4 4 )
f d f
L12x 18x 100

d
R Probe
S Probe
L1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
d
MD 0 0 0 5
MB 0 0 2 0 MA 7 6 6 7
A f
L12x 18x 3 0 0
MU 6 1 9 7 d
L12 x18x250
d f
MA 4 9 1 2 59
GB7 3 2 5
GB7 5 1 0
MF 3 7 5 1 d
d d
P2. 5 x4. 5 x300
L1 2 x1 8 x2 0 0
L1 2 x1 8 x 1 5 0
f d
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 4 9 9 6
A MA 3 2 2 7 f
Q R Probe A f
MB 0 7 6 5
317
d d e e L1 2x 1 8x 4 0 0
MD 7 6 3 6
MD 7 6 3 6
T2 x3 x30
Inner wash Valve f f
ME 0 3 2 0
L7 x13x 42
GB7 5 0 7
NC
L7x 1 3 x 3 0
L7x 1 3 x 3 0
T2x 3x 30
L7 x13x 800
MU 2 9 4 4
ME 0 3 2 0
f
MB 2 7 7 5
MB 2 7 7 5
L12x 18x 60
GB7 1 6 2
Original detergent A Original detergent B V6 I N
MA 7 6 6 7
Supply pump Supply pump
D
S f
ME 5 5 7 4
NO Q
MA 7 6 6 5
MU 3 5 4 5 MU 3 5 4 5 e
T1 x2x 220 d e e d
R f
260 261 336 OUT OUT 3 5 3 S
MB 7 7 3 8
MD 7 4 7 6 Q
ME 5 5 7 4
MB 9 8 9 3 f
L 7 x1 3 x 3 0 0
OUT OUT OUT Wash water V 1 6 f
P1 2 P1 3 f f OUT 3 5 2 OUT 3 4 1 V1 8
GB7 1 5 5
T1. 5 x2. 5 x150
d Dispense
ME 7 1 3 0
T1x2x10
MD 7 4 7 7 316 344 V1 1 345 V1 0 343 V1 4 55 Det. B

valve
P 2 . 5 x4 . 5 x 4 0 0
P 2 . 5 x4 . 5 x6 5 0
MU 6 1 9 0 I N I N Dispense V 1 7 V2 7
MA 2 2 1 2
L12 x18x 600

NC Mix Det. B
I N Mix Wash I N S/ R Probe I N Dispense Valve
e d R valve I N 55 I N Drip
MA 3 2 2 5
ME 7 8 7 8 water Valve Outer wash Valve
MB 9 1 6 1
MA 3 1 3 7
V5 COM c MU 6 1 9 0
c MU 6 1 9 0
d
d MU Det. A Discharge
R g R Dispense f valve
L 1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
T 2x 3 x 2 0 0
T2x 3 x 1 8 0
MU 2 9 4 5 P5 x9 x600 6910 d
L7 x13x 100
ME 9 3 7 6
ME 5 5 2 2
GB6 5 7 5
MA 7 6 6 7
F
L7 x 1 3x 5 0
NO MD 1 6 8 4 55
GB7 1 5 3
GB9 5 4 0
valve
MA 3 7 5 1
MA 3 7 5 2
MA 3 7 5 3
MA 3 7 5 4
MD 9 8 9 0
1
S Probe GB5 3 1 4 MU 2 9 4 9
L12 x18x 80
MA 4 7 5 7 MU6910
GB5 5 9 8
GB5 5 9 8
T1x 2 x220
GB5 5 9 8
Inner wash Valve L 2 . 5 x 4 . 5x 2 0 0 P2. 5 x4. 5 x120
GB7 3 2 4
GB5 5 9 8
MB 9 8 9 3
P5x9x600
ME 5 0 0 3 d MA 3 5 0 2
MD 0 1 7 0
MD 1 6 8 4
L12x18x270
g e e e e
MA 5 6 0 2
GB7 7 7 6 ME 5 0 0 7 F
P2. 5x 4. 5x 80
P2. 5 x4. 5 x80
P2. 5 x4. 5x 80
P2 . 5 x4 . 5 x8 0
d e e e e
e e e e
L7 x1 3 x 4 5
L7 x 1 3x 4 5
L7 x13x 80
L7 x13x 80
L7 x1 3 x 8 0
L7 x1 3x 4 5
L 7 x1 3 x 4 5
L7 x13x 80
MD 7 8 0 9
GB6 8 6 9
T2x3x280
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
GB6 8 6 9
GB6 8 6 9
MB 8 8 9 6
MB 8 8 9 6
MB 8 8 9 6
MB 8 8 9 6
GB6 8 6 9
MD 2 8 0 6 f MA 5 8 3 4
MD 1 1 1 3 B8 x1 3 . 5 x 6 0 0
MD 0 1 7 0
c MD 0 2 3 7
MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7
Abnormal diameter connection
g A : ME 5 0 0 8 ( 2 . 5- 7)
ME 5 5 1 5
f d
g
P2. 5 x4. 5 x400
e e e e e e e e
MA 2 9 9 7
Q B : MD 7 8 3 2 ( 5 - 7)
c g OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT C : ME 5 0 0 9 ( 2 . 5- 12)
c
MA 3 1 3 7
I N MU 1 2 4 1 F V2 5 V2 6 V2 8 V2 9 V2 2 V2 3 V3 1 V3 2 D : MA 7 6 4 4 ( 5 - 12)
E
357 359 354 351 355 358 356 350
GB5 5 9 8 MU 6 1 MU 6 1 MU 6 1 MU 6 1 E : MA 7 5 9 0 ( 7 - 12)
S1 . 5 x4x 3 2
g
ME 5 5 1 4
V9 318 MF 1 5 9 8 c d MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1
L7 x13x 1100
c I N I N 90 I N I N 90 I N I N 90 I N I N 90 F : ME 6 3 3 3 ( 2 . 5- 5)
T2x 3x 860
Probe Inner wash MD 9 8 0 1

MD 1 2 6 1
e e Mixture e Overflow e Wash water

MD 2 8 2 7
Reset Pressure
ME 0 0 0 1 L 1 2 x 1 8 x 3 5 0
O U T Return Valve Drip Reset Pressure Reset Pressure Reset Pressure
GB7 1 6 2 L 7 x 1 3 x 8 0 0 Valve for Drip Valve Aspiration Valve Valve Aspiration
T2 x3 x8 6 0
MA 7 7 0 6
Aspiration
Y connector
L12x18x400
411 Aspiration for Overflow Valve
for Aspiration
MD 2 8 2 7
for Mixture Valve Valve

Q GB7 1 6 2 L7x 1 3x 8 0 0 Valve
L12x18x400
59
S1. 5x 4 x32
P1 1 G : MF 3 7 5 1 ( 2 . 5 )
P5x9x50
GB7 1 6 2 L7x 13x 800
MA 3 1 4 0
H : ( 5 )
MD 1 2 6 1
MA2997
d c GB7 1 6 2 L7x 13x 800
d c J : GB5598 ( 7 )
P5x9x700
MA 7 6 8 2
MA 4 9 1 2 MA 4 9 1 3
Degassed water supply pump 59
MF 3 7 5 1 MA 4 7 6 0 P 2 . 5x 4 . 5x 8 5 0 K : MB7738 ( 1 2)
e
A
MA 7 5 1 9 MA 7 5 1 9 d c GB5 5 9 8
T2 x3 x1850
T2x 3x 1650
MA 3 2 2 7
MU5019/MU7673 MD 2 7 7 3 P 2 . 5x 4 . 5x 3 1 5
MA 7 5 1 9 MA 7 5 1 9 T connector
MB 0 1 6 2
MB 0 1 7 6
P 5x 9x 1 1 5 0
MA 3 2 2 7
MF 3 7 1 4
T2x 3 x1850
f f L : MB 0 0 2 0 ( 12)
MB 0 1 6 2
MD 2 7 6 4
f e
MB 2 5 0 0
E
MB 7 7 3 8 L connector
T2x3x210
T2x3x210
L12 x18 x140 f

MD 9 9 8 9
MD 9 9 8 9
M : MB 0 0 1 8 ( 7)
MD 7 8 2 1
MD 7 8 2 1
e MD 0 0 0 7 Frame upper N : MA 5 8 3 4 ( 12)

257 L12 x18 x370 I SE
MF 3 7 5 1
P3 GB6 8 7 3
MU 5 0 0 2
MU 5 0 0 2
( Option ) Sash fastener clamp
Attached with ISE (180)

e L7 x1 3 x1 5 0 f
59
MA 5 8 3 4 a : MD 1 2 5 9 ( C 1 8 . 5 )
P 5x 9 x 3 0 0
d
MA 3 1 4 3
Degasser f MA 2 5 5 2 b : MD 1 2 6 0 ( C 1 6 . 7 )
L1 2 x1 8x 50
L12 x18x 60
MB 0 0 2 0
d
P2. 5 x4. 5x 80
F
L1 2 x 1 8 x4 5 0
P2. 5x 4. 5x 315
GB6 8 7 5 d
d
(No ISE) c : GS 4 5 6 4 ( C 1 3 . 1 )
MD 1 1 9 1
Original det. B tank g : MD 3 9 1 5 ( C 8 . 5 )
MA 7 6 6 7

Original det. A tank MU 5 0 1 8 L12x 18x 70
L7x 13x 200
MB 8 8 9 6
E
MD 9 8 4 0
T2x3x500 f
( Acid ) ( Alkali ) MB 0 0 3 0
MA 7 6 6 6
a c f SKB-Band
MD 2 7 7 3
L12 x18x80
L7 x1 3 x 3 5
D f
MB 0 0 2 0
d : S K B - 1 M( G B 7 0 0 0 )
MB 0 0 1 8
MA 7 7 2 6
a g f
GB7 3 2 4
MB 0 0 2 0
326 Detergent B
g d f
L12 x18x470 e : S K B - 2 M( G B 9 3 9 6 )
T2x3x500 GB6 8 7 3 L 7 x 1 3 x 1 5 0 f f
f : S K B - 3 M( G B 9 3 9 7 )
L7 x1 3 x 3 5
Dilution Valve L7x13x 50 f
MU 5 0 0 4
MB 0 0 3 0 MB 0 0 1 8 d f
MA 7 7 2 6
I N OUT D f f MD 7 6 9 8
MA 7 6 7 2 c c e MU 6 1 9 0 GB9 5 4 0 a *No metal in Tanks
L1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
c e e e e e e e e
L12 x18x 80
L7 x13 x440 V4 MB 7 7 3 8
L12 x18x 40
g
L7 x1 3 x 1 0 0 0
f
MD 9 8 3 9
C Mouthpiece
MD 7 8 3 2
e f
MD 9 9 8 7
MA 7 6 6 7
GB9 5 4 0 B f
GB7 3 2 4
GB5 5 9 8 325 f
e Q : MA6939
L12 x18x 50
L12 x18x 50
a L12x 18x 230 c c L7x 13x 50 e f
MB 0 0 2 0
L12x 18x 70 D
GB9 5 4 1
g a e
MD 1 1 9 1
MD 1 1 9 1
MB 8 8 9 2 I N OUT MB 0 0 MA 7 6 6 7 f
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7 x 1 3 x 7 0
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7 x 1 3 x 7 0
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7 x 1 3 x 7 0
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7 x 1 3 x 7 0
P5 x9x 300 MA 7 6 6 6 e f
e f
MU 2 9 6 5
18
MD 7 7 6 0
D L7 x13 x150
MD 7 8 3 2
MA 3 1 4 3
b b GB6 8 7 3
V3
B
N MD 1 1 9 1 f f
f
L 1 2 x1 8 x 6 0 f Mouthpiece
MB 0 0 2 0
L1 2 x 1 8 x 5 0 f f
L1 2 x1 8 x7 0 L12 x18 x70 Detergent A MD 0 6 6 3 MD 0 6 6 3 f f f N f N R : ME5 0 9 0 ( 2. 5)
c Dilution Valve
L12 x18x 40
L1 2 x1 8 x 2 0 0
MA 7 6 6 6 MA 7 6 6 6
b b b b b b f e f LM 1D 29 x9 18 87 x 4 0
GB9 5 4 0
L7 x1 3 x 5 0
L1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
MA 7 6 6 7
e
L1 2 x1 8x 6 0
MU 6 1 9 0
MU 5 8 8 1 b E MD 1 1 9 1 MD 1 1 9 1
MD 9 8 5 5
Synapse
b
Out of AU400
MD 9 9 8 7
P5 x9x 850 d MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 a b f
MA 7 6 6 7
ME 6 2 7 0
MA 4 9 9 6
L12 x18 x50 ME 6 2 7 0 L12x 18x 50 f S : MD 7 9 3 1
MB 0 0 2 0
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 7 6 7 9 g g
L12 x18x 60
( MD 9 7 9 7 )
MD 9 2 1 1 L12 x18 x70

D D 1 Option
MA 7 6 6 7
d a d a
MA 7 6 6 6 b b Diaphragm
MU 2 9 6 3
MA 7 6 4 4 b MA 7 6 4 4 f f Strong OP H
d d b f
e N f f N Waste T : M D9208( 0.6 ) 2.5
G
MD 9 8 2 1
L12 x18x 40
f Vacuum tank GB7 3 2 4 U : M E5010( 0.7 ) 2.5
T 2 1 x2 2 x 2 0 0
T21 x22x 200
L1 2x 1 8x 2 5 0
( MB 9 9 6 1
)
MD 9 9 8 7
f L12x18x80 2 2.5
L1 5 x 2 2 x1 0 m V : M E5574( 0.9 )
L1 2 x1 8x 1 5 0
L12 x18x 150
GB7 3 2 5 f
N L12x 18x 60 MB 0 0 2 0 L12 x18 x70 Weak : M D9211( 5
MU 2 9 6 3
W 2.5 )
P5x 9x 450
P5x 9x 450
OP H
P5 x9x 6 5 0
P5 x9 x650
360
MA 7 6 6 5
MA 7 6 6 5
ME 5 0 0 2 MD 7 7 8 5 MD 7 7 8 5 f MA 7 6 6 6 Waste
f f MA 5 8 3 4 f MA 7 6 6 7 f
MD 9 8 2 1 X : M E1580( 2 ) 12
MD 7 7 7 9 L12 x18x100 f V3 4 f
Y : M E6270( 1.5 ) 5
MU 3 5 3 2
MD 7 7 7 8 MA 5 8 3 4 L12x 18 x50 L12x 18x 400

( MD 9 7 9 7 )
MD 0 0 0 5 3
ME 1 3 5 8 f MD 7 7 8 6 MD 7 7 8 6 GB5 5 9 8 I N OUT
500W
f MA 3 2 2 7 e
L1 2 x 1 8x 2 7 0
ME 1 3 5 9 e f MD 1 1 9 1 f L7x 13x 490

ME 1 5 1 4
ME 1 5 1 4
MD 7 7 8 1 e GB6 8 7 5 Vacuum tank Exhaust Sourse Water

MA 5 6 0 2
X Tube Y T fixer Z Screw

MB 0 1 5 2
MB 0 1 5 2
MA 7 6 7 0
MA 4 9 9 7
MA 4 9 9 7
MD 7 7 8 4 L7x13x200 Waste Valve MD 7 8 2 3 Inlet Waste X Y Z

MD 7 7 7 5
MD 0 0 7 7
MD 7 7 7 8
MD 7 7 7 9
MD 0 0 7 7
ME 1 3 5 7 MA 5 8 3 4 MA 5 8 3 4
e
GB6 8 7 5
MU 5 3 0 4
e 4
( MB 9 9 6 3
L 1 2 x 1 8 x1 0 m ) Option 1
1. 5
2
2. 5
GB7 7 7 6
MD 1 1 1 3
GB6 5 7 5
GB6 5 7 5
L 7 x1 3 x 2 0 0
MD 7 7 7 6 f MA 5 8 3 4 256 Deionizer 259 2 3 GB5 3 1 4 GB6 5 7 5

e L7x13x200 L1 2 x1 8 x5 0
L1 2 x1 8 x 2 0 0
P5x 9x 150 b b OUT I N

GB6 8 7 5
g a MA 5 8 3 4 b b e b MD 1 1 9 1 b V1
MD 7 7 7 3
MA 3 1 4 2 f f f GB5 5 9 8 ( MA 7 5 2 8 ) (Regurator)
MA 4 9 9 6
Detergent tank B e b V2
D
L1 2 x1 8 x6 0 f
MD 7 7 7 8
MD 7 7 7 9
f
Detergent tank A MA 7 6 6 5 MD 1 1 9 1 MA 7 6 6 5 MD 1 1 9 1 MU 2 9 2 9 OPD Valve
L12 x18 x150 L12 x18 x50 L 1 2x 1 8 x 1 5 0 L1 2x 1 8 x5 0 e e Water Supply Valve MU 2 5 3 5
MA 7 6 6 7
( Acid ) a ( Alkali ) a
DI water tank g
f
f f 250
f
f f 251 258
e e GB6 8 7 5
L7 x13x200
f P4 P5 Vacuum Pump P6
MA 5 8 3 4 L12 x18x50 MA 5 8 3 4 L 1 2 x 1 8 x 5 0
f 252
MA 5 8 3 4
GB7 3 2 4
f
P1 DI water supply
MD 1 1 9 1
Detergent A supply pump
M D 1 1 9 1 Detergent B supply pump MU 4 1 4 9 M D 2 0 2 3 Diaphragm AU401-01, AU402-01 (M514)
L12 x18 x80 pump MD 0 7 8 6 ( Acid ) D M 1 8 3 1 ( Alkali ) D M1 8 3 1 M D 2 0 2 5 Valve
MU 6 4 5 5 L12x 18x 1800
Y-connector is changed (514-0232)
H Service Manual
Remarks : House Code MU4935
[92] 2015.05.15 514-0418 Item M514-AA01
[59] 2004.06.10 Issued Sht. NO. 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
MD 2 7 5 1
GA01 (Incubator, Photometry Unit)
DA01 (Reagent Refrigerator) DC02 (STAT Table) c L7 3 1400
( M E 5 6 4 6 )( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
A MB 0 0 2 0
MD 9 9 9 7
( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
A
L12 18 110
b
L7 13 100
c MB 8 8 8 9 e GB9 5 4 0
P5 9 270 L7 13 50 MB 0 0 1 8 Front ( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
GB7 1 5 3
b c B ( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
b e e
b
Drain b MA 5 6 0 2 e ( M E 1 5 1 5 )( T 1 2 2 9 0 )
L12 18 270 1C ( T 1 2 2 9 0 )
e
)
( T 1 2 2 9 0 )
c 3C 2C MD 7 7 3 8
20
c 4C T 1 2 2 9 0
L7 13 42
( MD 9 7 9 7 ) ( )
b ( MA 7 0 6 6 )
GB7 5 0 7
MU 5 0 3 3 ( M B 1 9 6 5 )( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
( MB 7 7 5 6
MU 2 9 6 1
E
a 6C 5C ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
MD 1 1 9 2 b 250W
250
L12 1 8 160 ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
1000
MA 5 8 3 4 ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
B Back B
L12 18
C
C
C
C
C
C
c ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
( MD 7 7 9 0 )
GB7 3 2 5
b
1
2
3
4
5
6
350W
( AA0 1 ) MA 7 6 6 7 b f ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
18
L12 18 60
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
MA 5 8 3 4 e ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
a
L12
MB 8 8 9 4
( M D 9 8 8 2 )( T 1 2 2 0 0 )
ME 0 3 2 1 MB 5 7 5 3
DB01 (Peltier cooling unit) h T L7 13 520 P2. 5 4. 5 25 ( T 1 2 1 8 0 )
1A
2A
3A
4A
MF 4 4 6 2
L15 20 45 c ( Total: 24 pcs ) ( T 1 2 1 8 0 )
7A
5A
6A
B
B
B
B
B
B
P5 9 180
( MA 3 6 2 7 2 0 )
MF 4 4 6 2 A A
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
L7 13 2000
h A A A A A A
MA 3 6 9 1
L15 20 45 b MB 0 0 0 3 T2 3 50 0
d d d d d d
L12 18 180
a b a f
b MB 0 0 0 3
GB6 2 7 9
180 T2 3 50 0
T M Wash Cup M wash cup
ME 5 5 2 1 T2 3 45 0
MB 0 0 2 0 L 1 2 1 8 1 0 0 0
MA 5 1 0 7
h h MD 9 8 5 6 (Water Wash) (Detergent Wash)
MB 8 8 9 4 f ME 5521 T2 3 450
181 D M2 6 5 2 L12 18
e B B B B B B
150
Incubator, Photometry MA 7 6 6 7 ME 5521 T2 3 450 e e e
4. 5 150
C 6 ME 5 0 5 2 C
MB 9 1 5 8
Coolant Circulation Pump ME 5 0 5 1 d ME 5 521 T2 3 450
D M2 9 1 4 d d d
P2. 5 4. 5
MB 9 1 5 8
C C C C C C
370
L12 18 300 5 d
Reagent Refrigerator Mixture/
GB7 5 1 0 f Over flow Wash water
MD 8 4 4 5
To the DA d
3
Coolant Circulation Pump d d d d Wash solution
MD 7 6 4 9 d d d aspiration aspiration
d Aspiration
L12 18
MD 0 0 0 7
MA 7 5 1 9
f MF 3 7 5 1
ME 5 0 1 0
MF 3 7 5 1
P2. 5
ME 6 3 3 2
d
300
d
MD 7 7 5 2
MD 7 7 5 0
MD 7 7 4 6
MD 9 2 0 8
MD 9 2 0 8
d d e
ME 5 0 1 0
To the DC L12 18 250 d MD 9 9 8 6
f f d MD 9 9 8 6
3
f f GB7 3 2 5 f f f d T2 3 50 d T2 3 50
d
MA 5 8 3 4
Water leaking
L1 2 1 8 2 0 0
d
T2
d
L1 2 1 8 1 0 0
f MB 0 0 2 0 f f f f f f f d d d d A
aspiration
2 1 4
400
MA 4 9 9 6
Refer DA, DB, DC and MU4942L1
L7 13 42
d d
MD 7 7 5 4
MD 0 0 0 5
MF 3 7 5 1 e
GB7 5 0 7
f 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
150
T2 3 450
MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 A A
To the DA f e
150
P2. 5 4. 5
B ME 5 5 2 1
MA 3 1 3 7
L12 f e
T2 3 450
ME 1 5 8 0
GB7 5 0 7
Cuvette Wash
GB7 5 0 7
P2. 5 4. 5
MB 9 1 5 8
ME 5 5 2 1
MD 1 1 9 1 f
MA 4 9 1 3
f f f f
L12 18 40
L12 18 40
L12 18 40
e
13 800
L7 13 800
5
P2. 5 4. 5
MB 9 1 5 8
MA 5 6 2 1 ( MD 9 2 1 4 ) MA 7 6 6 6 1 : Sample aspiration/Detergent A dispensing 5 : Wash water aspiration/Wash water dispensing
D
MD 9 9 8 7
MD 9 9 8 7
D
GB7 1 6 2
MD 9 9 8 7
f
GB7 1 6 2
T1. 5 2. 5 800 ( T1. 5 2. 5 950) L12 18 70 339 OUT 2 : Detergent A aspiration/Detergent B dispensing 6 : Wash water aspiration/Wash water dispensing
MB 7 7 3 8
L7
L7
MA 3 5 1 0 S 3 : Detergent B aspiration/Wash water dispensing 7 : Wash water aspiration
L1 2 1 8 2 0 0
R
MF 3 7 5 1
R f V1 9 Wash Water
e
MA 4 9 1 2
e Leaking
4 : Wash water aspiration/Wash water dispensing 8 : Drying
L7 13 800
Prevention
L7
f f f f
MA 4 9 9 6
MA 5 1 8 7 e
R
Valve
MB 8 8 9 2
A
MD 9 2 1 2 ( MD 9 2 1 3 ) M W0 1 8 2 I N I N 338
L12 18 40
GB7 1 6 2
L12 18 2 30 GB5 5 9 8 I N I N I N
T1 2 320 ( T1 2 950) e e
L7 13 70
e
MA 5 1 8 7
MD 9 9 8 7
MD 1 4 0 9
( MB 5 9 4 6 ) V2 1 S
S S ME 5 5 1 6 e 330 V3 0 331 V2 4 340 V3 3
150
L7 13 80 I N
S
MA 5 1 8 6 d e 337
( GB6 5 7 5 ) d GB6 8 6 9 e OUT
B detergent OUT OUT OUT
( MD 7 2 5 7 )
( GB7 7 7 6 ) V2 0
270
leaking
d GB5 5 9 8 Mixture
GB7 7 7 6
P2. 5 4. 5
MB 9 1 5 8
prevention
MF 3 7 5 1 e
MD 9 9 8 6 f f f Aspiration Drain Valve
GB6 5 7 5
A wash valve
Drain Valve
( GB6 5 7 5 ) ( ME 4 8 2 9 ) T2 3 50 S
MA 5 1 8 6
L12 18 60
solution
O U T leaking M W0 4 8 8 Over flow
M5 1 0 - S A 0 1 M W0 4 8 7
T1. 5 2. 5
d
( MD 1 1 1 3 )
( T1 2 150)
MA 2 2 1 3
prevention
MU
MA 7 6 6 7
d d valve Drain valve
B 0 MU
145)
d
MB 0 0 2 0
f d M W0 4 8 7
T2 3 50
0
MD 9 9 8 6
MA 4 9 1 3 S
MF 3 7 5 1
MD 2 8 8 0
MB 7 7 3 8
C
E M5 1 0 - S A 0 1 f d E
( T1. 5 2. 5
R Probe
S Probe
f
( ME 4 8 4 4 )
f d f
2
L12 18 100
d
L1 2 1 8 6 0
d
T1
MD 0 0 0 5
MB 0 0 2 0 MA 7 6 6 7
MU 6 1 9 7 A d f
L12 18 250
d f
MA 4 9 1 2
GB7 3 2 5
GB7 5 1 0
MF 3 7 5 1 d
d d
300
L12 18
L12 18 200
150
f d
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 4 9 9 6
A MA 3 2 2 7 f
Q A f
4. 5
MB 0 7 6 5
317 R Probe d d e e L1 2 18 400
MD 7 6 3 6
MD 7 6 3 6
18
T2 3 30
f f
13 42
ME 0 3 2 0
GB7 5 0 7
NC Inner wash Valve
T2 3 30
L7 13 800
L7 13 3
L7 13 3
MU 2 9 4 4
ME 0 3 2 0
f
P2. 5
MB 2 7 7 5
MB 2 7 7 5
L12
L12 18 60
GB7 1 6 2
V6 I N
MA 7 6 6 7
A Detergent Supply Pump B Detergent Supply Pump
S f
ME 5 5 7 4
L7
NO Q
MA 7 6 6 5
MU 3 5 4 5 MU 3 5 4 5 e
T1 2 220 d e e d
R f
F 2 60 26 1 336 OUT OUT 3 5 3 S F
MB 7 7 3 8
MD 7 4 7 6 Q
ME 5 5 7 4
MB 9 8 9 3 f
L7 13 300
OUT OUT OUT f
P12 P13 f f Wash Water dispensing Valve V1 6 V1 8 OUT 3 5 2 OUT 3 4 1
GB7 1 5 5
T1. 5 2. 5 150
d
ME 7 1 3 0
T1x2x10
MD 7 4 7 7 316 344 V1 1 345 V1 0 343 V1 4 M W0 1 8 2 B
P2. 5 4. 5 400
P2. 5 4. 5 650
I N I N V1 7 V2 7
MA 2 2 1 2
L12 18 600
NC
I N Mix wash I N S/R Probe I N Mix B detergent discharge Valve e d R
MA 3 2 2 5
ME 7 8 7 8
MB 9 1 6 1
83
MA 3 1 3 7
c Discharge Valve
c Outer wash Valve
d MU I N I N
V5 COM MU
M W0 1 8 2 M W0 1 8 2 R d
g R
L1 2 1 8 6 0
f
200
180
MU 2 9 4 5 P5 9 600 d
L7 13 100
0
ME 9 3 7 6
ME 5 5 2 2
GB6 5 7 5
MA 7 6 6 7
F
L7 13 50
NO S Probe MD 1 6 8 4
GB7 1 5 3
GB9 5 4 0
MA 3 7 5 1
MA 3 7 5 2
MA 3 7 5 3
MA 3 7 5 4
MD 9 8 9 0
1
GB5 3 1 4 MU MU 7 6 8 5
L12 18 80
MA 4 7 5 7
GB5 5 9 8
Inner wash Valve
3
GB5 5 9 8
T1 2 220
M W0 4 8 7
GB5 5 9 8
P2. 5 4. 5 120
GB7 3 2 4
L2. 5 4. 5 2 00
GB5 5 9 8
MB 9 8 9 3
ME 5 0 0 3 MA 3 5 0 2
P5 9 600
d
T2
T2
MD 0 1 7 0
MD 1 6 8 4
g e e e e
MA 5 6 0 2
GB7 7 7 6 ME 5 0 0 7 F
P2. 5 4. 5 80
P2. 5 4. 5 80
P2. 5 4. 5 80
P2. 5 4. 5 80
L12 18
e e e e e e e e
L7 13 45
L7 13 45
L7 13 80
L7 13 80
13 80
L7 13 45
L7 13 45
80
09
GB6 8 6 9
B6 8 6
2 280 Different diameter connector
MD 7 8
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
GB6 8 6 9
GB6 8 6 9
MB 8 8 9 6
MB 8 8 9 6
MB 8 8 9 6
MB 8 8 9 6
9
MA 5 8 3 4
13
MD 1 1 1 3 MD 2 8 0 6 B8 13 . 5 60 0 f
G
MD 0 1 7 0
MD 0 2 3 7 A : ME 5 0 0 8 ( 2 . 5- 7) G
c g MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7
B : MD 7 8 3 2 ( 5 - 7 )
ME 5 5 1 5
L7
d
L7
g
400
e e e e e e e e
MA 2 9 9 7
Q C : ME 5 0 0 9 ( 2 . 5- 12)
c g OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT D : MA 7 6 4 4 ( 5 - 1 2)
c
MA 3 1 3 7
P2. 5 4. 5
I N MU 1 2 4 1 F V2 5 357 V2 6 359 V2 8 354 V2 9 351 V2 2 355 V2 3 358 V3 1 356 V3 2 350

E : MA 7 5 9 0 ( 7 - 1 2)
74
GB5 5 9 8 M W0 1 74 M W0 1 M W0 1 M W0 1 F : ME 6 3 3 3 ( 2 . 5- 5)
32
g
ME 5 5 1 4
V9 318 MF 1 5 9 8 c d MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1
L7 13 1100
c I N I N 82 I N I N 82 I N I N 82 I N I N 82 T : MF 4 4 6 0 ( 1 4 - 18)
T2 3 860
Probe Inner wash MD 9 8 0 1

MD 1 2 6 1
350
e e e e
MD 2 8 2 7
Air release valve Mixture Air release valve Wash

4
Air release Mixture Overflow Overflow

OUT GB7 1 6 2 L 7 13 8 00 for water leaking Air Release Valve air release valve Aspiration for aspiration water
water return valve aspiration Aspiration
T2 3 860
MA 7 7 0 6 Y connector
S1. 5
valve Valve aspiration
400
411 Valve
MD 2 8 2 7
Q GB7 1 6 2 L7 13 800 valve

32
P11 G MF 3 7 5 1 ( 2. 5
400
GB7 1 6 2 L7 13 800
MA 3 1 4 0
H :
MD 1 2 6 1
( 5
L1 2
4
9 50
d c GB7 1 6 2 L7 13 80 0
d c J : ( )
S1. 5
9 700
L1 2
MA 7 6 8 2
MA 4 9 1 2 MA 4 9 1 3
H Degassed water supply pump K : M ( 12) H
ME 0 0 0 1
MA 4 7 6 0 P2. 5 4. 5 850
MF 3 7 5 1
L1 2
e
A
c GB5 5 9 8
P5
MA 7 5 1 9 MA 7 5 1 9 d
T2 3 1850
T2 3 1650
MU5019/MU7673
MA 3 2 2 7
MD 2 7 7 3 P2. 5 4. 5 3 15 T connector
MA 7 5 1 9 MA 7 5 1 9
MB 0 1 6 2
MB 0 1 7 6
P5
P5 9 1150
MA 3 2 2 7
d d MF 3 7 1 4
3 1850
f f L : MB 0 0 2 0 ( 12)
MB 0 1 6 2
MD 2 7 6 4
d d
f e
MB 2 5 0 0
E
MB 7 7 3 8 L connector
L12 18 140 f
MD 9 9 8 9
M : MB 0 0 1 8 (
MD 9 9 8 9
7)
T2
MD 7 8 2 1
MD 7 8 2 1
e MD 0 0 0 7 Flame Top N : MA 5 8 3 4 ( 12)

257 L12 18 370 I SE
MF 3 7 5 1
P3 GB6 8 7 3 Crescent clamp
T
MU 5 0 0 2
MU 5 0 0 2
T
(Option)
With ISE ( 1 8 0 )
e L7 13 150 f
a MD 1 2 5 9 ( C1 8 . 5)
MA 5 8 3 4
P5 9 300
d b : D1 2 6 0 ( C1 6 . 7)
MA 3 1 4 3
Degasser f MA 2 5 5 2
50
c : S4
60
MB 0 0 2 0
d 5 6 4 ( C1 3 . 1)
80
I I
315
d L12 18 450
GB6 8 7 5 d (Without ISE) g : MD 3
A Detergent Tank B Detergent Tank 9 1 5 ( C8 . 5)
L12 18
MD 1 1 9 1
L12 18
MA 7 6 6 7
With ISE ( 1 8 0 )
L7 13 200
P2. 5 4. 5
80 MU 7 9 4 8 L12 18 70 h : MF 4 4 6 3 ( C2 2 )
MB 8 8 9 6
P2. 5 4. 5
E
(Acid) (Alkaline)
MD 9 8 4 0
2 500 MA 7 6 6 6 f
MB 0 0 3 0 a c f
MD 2 7 7 3
SKB band (Tie Wrap)
L7 1 3 3 5
0
D f
MB 0 0 2 0
d S K B - 1 M( G B 7 000)
MB 0 0 1 8
MA 7 7 2 6
a g f
MB 0 0 2 0
L12 18
GB7 3 2 4
326
g d f
L12 470 e S K B - M( G B 9 396)
2 500 GB6 8 7 3 L 7 13 150 f f
L7 1 3 3 5
Detergent dilution valve B
L7 13 50 f f f S K B - 3 M( G B 9 397)
MU 5 0 0 4
MB 0 0 3 0 MB 0 0 1 8 d
MA 7 7 2 6
I N OUT D f f MD 7 6 9 8
MA 7 6 7 2 c c e M W0 1 8 2 GB9 5 4 0 a SKB is used inside the Tank,
60
c e e e e e e e e Tie wrap is used for other
80
L7 13 440 V4 MB 7 7 3 8
L12 18 40
g
L7 13 1000
f
MD 9 8 3 9
C
MD 7 8 3 2
e f Fitting
MD 9 9 8 7
L12 18
MA 7 6 6 7
GB9 5 4 0 B f
L12 18
GB7 3 2 4
GB5 5 9 8 325 f
e
L12 18 50
L12 18 50
a L12 18 230 c c L7 13 50 e f Q
MB 0 0 2 0
L12 18 70 D
GB9 5 4 1
g a e
MD 1 1 9 1
MD 1 1 9 1
MB 8 8 9 2 I N OUT MB 0 0 MA 7 6 6 7 f
70
70
70
70
P5 9 300 MA 7 6 6 6 e f
e f
MU 2 9 6 5
18
MD 7 7 6 0
D L7 13 150 Fitting for Tube
MD 7 8 3 2
MA 3 1 4 3 V3 N MD 1 1 9 1 f f L12 18 60 f
13
13
13
13
b b GB6 8 7 3 B f
MB 0 0 2 0
f
J L12 18 70 L12 18 70
c
Detergent dilution valve B
MD 0 6 6 3 MD 0 6 6 3 f
L1 2 1 8 5 0
f f
f N f N R MD 7 9 6 0 ( 2. 5 J
M W0 1 8 2
40
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7
200
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7
MA 7 6 6 6 MA 7 6 6 6
b b b b b b f e f LM 1D 92 9 81 78 Outside of the M514
GB9 5 4 0
13 50
18 60
MA 7 6 6 7
e 40 Synapse
L12 18 60
MD 9 8 5 5
MU 5 8 8 1 b E MD 1 1 9 1 MD 1 1 9 1
L12 18
b
MD 9 9 8 7
P5 9 850 d MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 a b f
MA 7 6 6 7
ME 6 2 7 0
MA 4 9 9 6
L12 18
L12 18 50 ME 6 2 7 0 L12 18 50 f S
MB 0 0 2 0
MD 7 9 3 1
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 7 6 7 9 g g
L12 18 60
( MD 9 7 9 7 )
MD 9 2 1 1 L12 18 70
D D 1 Option
MA 7 6 6 7
L7
L12
MA 7 6 6 6 d a b d a b Reducer
MU 2 9 6 3
MA 7 6 4 4 b MA 7 6 4 4 f f OP H
d d b f
e N f f N MD 9 8 2 1
Conc. Waste Force M 9 2 0 8 (
L12 18 40
f
GB7 3 2 4 Drain ME 5 0 1 0 ( 0. 7
200
200
L12 18 250
( MB 9 9 6 1
)
MD 9 9 8 7
GB7 3 2 5 f L12 18 8 2 L15 22 10m ME 5 5 7 4 ( 0. 9)

L12 18 1 50
L12 18 150
N MB 0 0 2 0 f
L12 18 60 L12 18 70 M 9 2 1 1 (
MU 2 9 6 3
450
450
Dilute Waste OP H
650
650
22
22
360
MA 7 6 6 5
MA 7 6 6 5
ME 5 0 0 2 MD 7 7 8 5 MD 7 7 8 5 MA 7 6 6 7 f MA 7 6 6 6
f f MA 5 8 3 4 f f
MD 9 8 2 1 Force ME 1 5 8 0 ( ) 12
L12 100 f V3 4
T21
T21
f
MD 7 7 7 9
Drain ME 6 2 7 0 ( 1
9
9
MU 3 5 3 2
MD 7 7 7 8 MD 0 0 0 5 MA 5 8 3 4 L12 18 400
( MD 9 7 9 7 )
L12 18 50 3
ME 1 3 5 8 f MD 7 7 8 6 MD 7 7 8 6 GB5 5 9 8 I N OUT
P5
P5
K K
500W
P5
P5
f MD 1 1 9 1 f f MA 3 2 2 7 e
L12 18 270
ME 1 3 5 9 e L7 13 490
ME 1 5 1 4
ME 1 5 1 4
MD 7 7 8 1 e GB6 8 7 5 Vacuum Tank Exhaust

MA 5 6 0 2
II T anchor III Anchoring

Tap I Tube
MB 0 1 5 2
MB 0 1 5 2
MA 7 6 7 0
MA 4 9 9 7
MA 4 9 9 7
Drain Valve Screw

MD 7 7 8 4 L7 200 MD 7 8 2 3 Drain Outlet
MD 7 7 7 5
MD 0 0 7 7
MD 7 7 7 8
MD 7 7 7 9
MD 0
ME 1
0
3
7
5
7
7
MA 5 8 3 4 MA 5 8 3 4
e
GB6 8 7 5
MU 5 3 0 4
e 4
( MB 9 9 6 3
L12 18 10m ) Option I II III 1
1. 5
2
2. 5
GB7 7 7 6
MD 1 1 1 3
GB6 5 7 5
GB6 5 7 5
L7 13 200
MD 7 7 7 6 f MA 5 8 3 4 256 Deionaizer 259 2 3 GB5 3 1 4 GB6 5 7 5

e L7 200 L12 18 50
L12 18 200
b b OUT I N
GB6 8 7 5
P5 9 1 50
g a MA 5 8 3 4 b b e b MD 1 1 9 1 b V1
MD 7 7 7 3
MA 3 1 4 2 f f f GB5 5 9 8 (M A 7 5 2 8 ) (Decompression Tank)
B wash solution tank
MA 4 9 9 6
D MD 7 7 7 8 A wash solution tank MD 1 1 9 1 MD 1 1 9 1

e b MU 2 9 2 9
V2 OPD Valve
MD 7 7 7 9 MA 7 6 6 5 MA 7 6 6 5
L12 18 60 f
MA 7 6 6 7
f (Acid) L12 18 150 L12 18 50 (Alkali) L12 18 150 L12 18 50 e e Water supply valve MU 2 5 3 5
a a e e
DI Water Tank g
f
f f 25 0
f
f f 251 258
GB6 8 7 5
L7 200
f P4 P5 Vacuum Pump P 6
MA 5 8 3 4 L12 18 50 MA 5 8 3 4 L 1 2 1 8 5 0 Service Manual
MA 5 8 3 4 f f 252
M D 1 1 9 1 A wash solution supply pump M D 1 1 9 1 B Wash Solution Supply Pump MU 4 1 4 9 MD 2 0 2 3 Diaphram
P1 DI Water Supply Pump
L GB7 3 2 4
MD 0 7 8 6 (Acid) (Alkali) D M 2 9 1 3 MD 2 0 2 5 Valve
Remarks : House Code MU4935 L
L12 18 80 D M2 9 1 3 [92] 2014.05.15 514-0418
MU 6 4 5 5 L12 18 1800 Item M514-AA01
[87] 2011.05.10
[3] 1997.07.10 Issued Sht. NO. 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
DA0 1 DC0 2 c
MD 2 7 5 1 GA0 1 ( M E 5 6 4 6 )( T 1 x 2 x2 5 0 )
L7 x13x1400
( T 1 x 2 x2 5 0 )
1 x 2 x2
A
( T 5 0 )
MD 9 9 9 7
MB 0 0 2 0 L12x 18x 110 ( T 1 x 2 x2 5 0 )
b
L7 x1 3 x 1 0 0
c MB 8 8 8 9 e e MB 0 0 1 8 Front ( T 1 x 2 x2 5 0 )
Drain P5x 9 x270
GB7 1 5 3
b c B ( T 1 x 2 x2 5 0 )
b e GB9 5 4 0
GB6 8 7 7 e L7x 1 3 x 5 0 ( M E 1 5 1 5 )( T 1 x 2 x2 9 0 )
b L7x13x 230
b MA 5 6 0 2 e
L1 2 x1 8 x2 7 0 1C ( T 1 x 2 x2 9 0 )
e
(MB7756x20pcs)
e ( T 1 x 2 x2 9 0 )
c c E 3C 2C MD 7 7 3 8
4C T 1 x 2 x2 9 0
L 7 x1 3 x 4 2
( )
L1 2 x 1 8x 1 8 0
( MD 9 7 9 7 )
f b ( MA 7 0 6 6 )
GB7 5 0 7
MU 5 0 3 3 ( M B 1 9 6 5 )( T 1 x 2 x3 2 0 )
MU 2 9 6 1
E
a 6C 5C ( T 1 x 2 x3 2 0 )
MA 5 1 0 7
MD 1 1 9 2 b
L12 x18x 250

L 1 2 x1 8 x1 6 0 250W ( T 1 x 2 x3 2 0 )
L1 2 x1 8 x 1 0 0 0
MA 5 8 3 4 ( T 1 x 2 x3 2 0 )
Rear
C
C
C
C
C
C
c ( T 1 x 2 x3 2 0 )
( MD 7 7 9 0 )
GB7 3 2 5
b f
1
2
3
4
5
6
350W
( AA0 1 ) b f L1 2 x1 8 x6 0 f ( T 1 x 2 x3 2 0 )
1
2
3
4
5
6
MA 5 8 3 4
L1 2 x1 8x 6 0
MA 7 6 6 7 e ( T 1 x 2 x3 2 0 )
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 7 6 6 7
MB 8 8 9 4
( M D 9 8 8 2 )( T 1 x 2 x2 0 0 )
f ME 0 3 2 1 MB 5 7 5 3
L 7 x1 3 x5 2 0 P2. 5 x4. 5 x25 ( T 1 x 2 x1 8 0 )
DB0 1
A
A
A
A
c ( T 1 x 2 x1 8 0 )
1
2
3
4
( *:Total 24 )
7A
5A
6A
B
B
B
B
B
B
( M A 3 6 2 7 x 2 0 pcs)
P5x 9x 180
a A A
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
A A A A A A
MA 3 6 9 1
a b b
L 1 2 x1 8 x 1 8 0
B
P 2 . 5 x4 . 5 x4 0
180 b a d d d d d d
Mix wash cup Mix wash cup
L12 x18x 340

x18x1000 ME 5 5 2 1 T2 x3 x 450
MB 0 0 2 0 L 1 2 ( Detergent )
MA 5 1 0 7
MB 8 8 9 4 MD 9 8 5 6 ( Water )
ME 5 5 2 1 T 2 x 3x 450
MB 1 7 4 7
181 D M1 5 5 4 L12x18x60
B B B B B B
ME 0 3 2 2
P 2 . 5 x4 . 5 x1 5 0
GA Coolant MA 7 6 6 7 f e ME 5 5 2 1 T 2 x 3x 450 e e e
P 2 . 5 x4 . 5 x1 5 0
Circuration Pump 6 MF0215 MF0215 d ME 5 5 2 1 T 2 x 3 x450
MU 4 9 2 0
MB 9 1 5 8
C C C C C C
L12 x18x 370

L12 x18 x300 d d d d
MB 9 1 5 8
d
M A 7 5 1 9 x 3pcs
DA Coolant Circuration Pump f d d
DA GB7 5 1 0
d d
d
d d 13 d d d d
MD 7 6 4 9 13
Overflow Wash water
MD 0 0 0 7
d M F3 7 5 1 d MF3 7 5 1 13 1 3 M F3 7 5 1 Sample,
ME 5 0 1 0
d MF3 7 5 1 aspiration
f d d d d Detergent aspiration
MD 7 7 5 2
MA4913
MD 7 7 5 0
MD 7 7 4 6
f d d
MA 4 9 1 3
MA 4 9 1 3
MD 9 2 0 8 d
d e aspiration
DC L12 x18 x250 ME 5 0 1 0 d d d d
MD 9 9 8 6
d MD 9 9 8 6
GB7 3 2 5 f f f d T2 x3 x5 0 d T 2 x3 x5 0
MD 9 2 0 8
MA 5 8 3 4
f d
B
f f d MD 8 4 4 5
L1 2 x1 8 x 2 0 0
d Liquid drip
L1 2 x1 8 x 1 0 0
15
MB 0 0 2 0 MB 7 7 3 8 f f f f f f d MF 0 2 5 9 T2x 3 x300
B A D
P2. 5 x4. 5x400

d
DA, DB, DC Refer to MU4942L1 d d
T2x3x500
MA 4 9 9 6
d T2x3x90
T2x3x500
f d aspiration
MD 7 7 5 4
MD 0 0 0 5
13 MF3751 MF4 0 3 3
MB0030
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MB0030
S
P2. 5 x4. 5 x150

f f f MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 f T2x3 A A d B
DA d e
P2 . 5 x4 . 5 x1 5 0
ME0320
f f L12x18x50 x100 e
MA 3 1 3 7
L7x13x42
GB7 5 0 7
T2x3x30
f
L7x13x42
MD9208 Cuvette wash
ME 1 5 8 0
GB7 5 0 7
MB 9 1 5 8
MD 1 1 9 1 OUT 3 3 8
A
f f f f
L1 2 x1 8 x 4 0
L1 2 x 1 8x 4 0
L12 x18x 40
L7 x 1 3x 8 0 0
L7 x 1 3x 8 0 0
e
E
MB 9 1 5 8
MA 5 6 2 1 ( MD 9 2 1 4 ) MA 7 6 6 6
1: Mixture Aspiration, Det.B Dispence 5: Rinse Water Aspiration, Rinse water Dispense
L7 x1 3 x 4 2
MD 9 9 8 7
MD 9 9 8 7
T2x3x300
MU 6 9 V 2 1
GB7 1 6 2
MD 9 9 8 7
GB7 1 6 2
f f
GB7 5 0 7
T1. 5 x2. 5x 800 ( T1. 5x 2. 5x 950) L12 x18 x70 d
10
MB 7 7 3 8
2: Det.B Aspiration , Det. B Dispense 6: Rinse Water Aspiration, Rinse water Dispense
MB8445
e e d
L1 2 x1 8 x 2 0 0
R MA 3 5 1 0 f
MF 3 7 5 1
R I N
3: Det.B Aspiration , Rinse Water Dispense 7: Rinse Water Aspiration
L7 x13x 800
f
MA 4 9 9 6
MA 5 1 8 7 MB 8 8 9 2 e f f f
R
MD 9 2 1 2 ( MD 9 2 1 3 ) GB5 5 9 8 e 4: Rinse Water Aspiration , Rinse Water Dispense 8: Dry Aspiration

S
13
L 1 2 x1 8 x 4 0
GB7 1 6 2
L1 2x 1 8x 2 3 0 I N I N I N
T 1x 2x 3 2 0 ( T1 x2x950) e e
MA 5 1 8 7
MD 9 9 8 7
S ME 5 5 1 6 ( MB 5 9 4 6 ) e
S 330 V3 0 331 V2 4 340 V3 3
P2. 5 x4. 5x 150

OUT
L7 x13x 80
S
MA 5 1 8 6 ( GB6 5 7 5 ) d d 339
GB6 8 6 9
OUT OUT OUT
( MD 7 2 5 7 )
( GB7 7 7 6 ) V1 9
T1. 5 x2. 5 x270
d
GB7 7 7 6
MB 9 1 5 8
3751 f f f
GB6 5 7 5
13 MU 6 1 MU 2 9 5 0 MU 2 9 4 9
( GB6 5 7 5 )
( ME 4 8 2 9 )
L12 x18 x60

MU 2 9 4 9
MA 5 1 8 6
M5 1 0 - S A 0 1 d d 90 I N
( MD 1 1 1 3 )
( T 1 x2 x 1 5 0 ) e
MA 2 2 1 3
MA 7 6 6 7
L7 x13x 70
d e
MD 1 4 0 9
f
( T1. 5x 2. 5x 145)
d
MB 0 0 2 0
MD 9 2 0 8 d e
T1x2x150
13
GB5 5 9 8
MD 2 8 8 0
MB 7 7 3 8
C MF 3 7 5 1
M5 1 0 - S A 0 1
d f
d
e
f f f
( ME 4 8 4 4 )
L 1 2 x1 8 x1 0 0
L1 2x 1 8x 6 0
S Probe
d
R Probe
MU 6 1 9 7
MD 0 0 0 5
MB 0 0 2 0 MA 7 6 6 7
f
L 7 x 1 3x 4 2
GB7 5 0 7
T2x3x50
L12 x18 x250

MD99866
L12x18x300
MA 3 2 2 7 f
GB7 3 2 5
GB7 5 1 0
L1 2 x1 8 x4 0 0
P2. 5 x4. 5 x300

d d
L 1 2 x1 8 x2 0 0
f
L 1 2 x1 8 x 1 5 0
f
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 4 9 9 6
Q A A
MB 0 7 6 5
317 d d
e e
MD 7 6 3 6
MD 7 6 3 6
f f
L7 x 1 3 x 3 0
NC
L7 x 1 3 x 3 0
f
L7 x1 3 x 8 0 0
MU 2 9 4 4
MB 2 7 7 5
MB 2 7 7 5
f
L12 x18 x60

S
GB7 1 6 2
Original detergent B V6 I N
e
MA 7 6 6 7
Supply pump
f
ME 4 7 5 1
NO Q OUT 3 5 3 336 OUT
MA 7 6 6 5
MU 3 5 4 5
T1 x2x 220 d e e d R f
261
MB 7 7 3 8
Q V1 8 V1 6
ME 4 7 5 1
MB 9 8 9 3 f
L7 x13x 300
f f OUT OUT OUT f
P13 OUT 3 4 1
GB7 1 5 5
T 1 . 5 x2 . 5 x1 5 0
ME 7 1 3 0
I N I N
T1x2x10
316 d 344 V1 1 345 V1 0 343 V1 4 MU 6 9 1 0 d R MU 6 1 9 0 e V2 7

MA 2 2 1 2
L12 x18x 600

NC
MA 3 2 2 5 I N I N I N
ME 7 8 7 8 MU 6 9 1 0 I N
V5 COM c c d MD 7 8 0 9
P2 . 5 x4 . 5 x4 0 0
P2. 5 x4. 5 x650

MU 6 1 9 0
L2 . 5 x4 . 5 x2 0 0
MU 6 1 9 0 R d
L 1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
f
T 2 x3 x 2 0 0
T2 x 3 x1 8 0
MU 2 9 4 5
L 7 x1 3 x 1 0 0
ME 9 3 7 6
ME 5 5 2 2
GB6 5 7 5
MA 7 6 6 7
L 7 x1 3 x 5 0
NO
GB7 1 5 3
GB9 5 4 0
MA 3 7 5 3
MA 3 7 5 4
MB 9 1 5 8
3
GB5 3 1 4 d MU 2 9 4 9
MB 9 1 6 1
MA 3 1 3 7
L1 2 x1 8 x 8 0
MA 4 7 5 7
GB5 5 9 8
P 2 . 5 x 4 . 5 x 1 5 0
GB5 5 9 8
T1 x 2 x2 2 0
GB5 5 9 8
GB7 3 2 4
GB5 5 9 8
MB 9 8 9 3
ME 5 0 0 3
MD 0 1 7 0
L12 x18x270
e e e e
MA 5 6 0 2
GB7 7 7 6 ME 5 0 0 7
P2. 5 x4. 5 x80
P2. 5 x4. 5 x80
d d e e e e e e e e
L 7 x1 3 x 4 5
L7 x13x 45
L7 x1 3 x 8 0
L7 x13x 80
L 7 x1 3 x 8 0
L7 x13x 45
L 7 x1 3 x 4 5
L7 x 1 3x 8 0
GB6 8 6 9
T2x3x280
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
GB6 8 6 9
GB6 8 6 9
MB 8 8 9 6
MB 8 8 9 6
GB6 8 6 9
MD 2 8 0 6 B8 x1 3 . 5 x 6 0 0 f MA 5 8 3 4
MD 1 1 1 3
Abnormal diameter connection
MD 0 1 7 0
F F
c MD 0 2 3 7 g g MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7
ME 5 5 1 5
P 5 x9 x6 0 0
A : ME 5 0 0 8 ( 2 . 5- 7)
P5x9x700
P2. 5 x4. 5 x400
e e e e e e e e
MD 1 6 8 4
MA 7 6 8 2
Q B : MD 7 8 3 2 ( 5 - 7)
E
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
c c C : ME 5 0 0 9 ( 2 . 5- 12)
MA 3 1 3 7
I N MU 1 2 4 1 V2 5 357 V2 6 359 V2 8 354 V2 9 351 V2 2 355 V2 3 358 V3 1 356 V3 2 350 D : MA 7 6 4 4 ( 5 - 12)

GB5 5 9 8 E : MA 7 5 9 0 ( 7 - 12)
S 1 . 5 x4 x 3 2
g
ME 5 5 1 4
V9 318 MF 1 5 9 8 c MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1
L 7 x1 3 x 1 1 0 0
c g I N I N I N I N I N I N I N I N
F : ME 6 3 3 3 ( 2 . 5- 5)
L12x18x350
MA 2 9 9 7
MD 1 2 6 1
OUT GB7 1 6 2 L 7 x 1 3 x 8 0 0
e e e e
g
T2x 3x 860
MA 7 7 0 6
Y connector
L12x18x400
411
MD 2 8 2 7
Q GB7 1 6 2 L7x 13x 800 MU 6 1 9 0
L12x18x400
S1 . 5x 4 x3 2
MU 6 1 9 0 : M F3 7 5 1 (
P1 1
MU 6 1 9 0 MU 6 1 9 0 13 G 2. 5)
GB7 1 6 2 L7 x13 x800
H : MA2997( 5)
MD 1 2 6 1
d
d c c GB7 1 6 2 L7 x1 3 x8 0 0
J : GB5598 ( 7)
MA 4 9 1 3 d
K : MB7738 ( 12)
ME 0 0 0 1
1 3 MF 3 7 5 1 MA 4 7 6 0 P2. 5x 4. 5x 850
B
MA 7 5 1 9 MU5019/MU7673 e c GB5 5 9 8
T 2 x3 x1 8 5 0
T2 x3 x1 6 5 0
MA 3 2 2 7
MD 2 7 7 3 P2. 5x 4. 5x 315
MA 7 5 1 9 T connector
P5x9x50
MB 0 1 6 2
MB 0 1 7 6
MA 3 1 4 0
P5x 9x 1150
MA 3 2 2 7
MF 3 7 1 4
T2 x3 x1850
f f L : MB 0 0 2 0 ( 12)
MB 0 1 6 2
MD 2 7 6 4
f e
MB 2 5 0 0 MB 7 7 3 8
E L connector
T2x3x210
L 1 2 x1 8 x1 4 0 f
MD 9 9 8 9
M : MB 0 0 1 8 ( 7)
MD 7 8 2 1
e MA 5 6 0 2 Frame upper
I SE N : MA 5 8 3 4 ( 12)
MF 3 7 5 1
257 L12 x18x 270
P3 GB6 8 7 3
MU 5 0 0 2
f ( Option ) Sash fastener clamp

L 7 x 1 3 x1 5 0
F
e
13
d MA 5 8 3 4 a MD 1 2 5 9 ( C 1 8 . 5 )
P5x 9 x3 0 0
d
MA 3 1 4 3
Degasser f MA 2 5 5 2 b : MD 1 2 6 0 ( C 1 6 . 7 )
L1 2 x1 8 x 5 0
L 1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
MB 0 0 2 0
P2. 5x 4. 5x 80
L12x 18 x450
P2. 5x 4. 5x 315
d d c : GS 4 5 6 4 ( C 1 3 . 1 )
(No ISE)
Original det. B tank
MD 1 1 9 1
MA 7 6 6 7
g : MD 3 9 1 5 ( C 8 . 5 )

L7x 13x 200
MU 5 0 1 8 L12 x18 x70
MB 8 8 9 6
E f
( Alkali )
MD 9 8 4 0
MA 7 6 6 6 GB6 8 7 5 f
a c SKB-Band
MD 2 7 7 3
L12 x18x80
L7 x1 3 x 3 5
f
MB 0 0 2 0
d : S K B - 1 M( G B 7 0 0 0 )
MB 0 0 1 8
MA 7 7 2 6
T2x3x500 f f
GB7 3 2 4
MB 0 0 2 0
MB 0 0 3 0 326
g d L12 x18x470 e : S K B - 2 M( G B 9 3 9 6 )
f f f
L7 x1 3 x 3 5
MU 5 0 0 4
L7x13x520 L7 x13 x50
MB 0 0 1 8
f f : S K B - 3 M( G B 9 3 9 7 )
MA 7 7 2 6
I N OUT D e d
ME 0 3 2 1 c e GB9 5 4 0 a f f MD 7 6 9 8
MU 6 1 9 0 *No metal in Tanks
L1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
e e e e e e
L 1 2 x1 8 x 8 0
V4 e MB 7 7 3 8
L12 x18x 40
g
L7 x13x 1000
MD 9 8 3 9
C
MD 7 8 3 2
f
e f f Mouthpiece
MD 9 9 8 7
MA 7 6 6 7
B f
GB7 3 2 4
e f
Q : MA6939
L1 2 x1 8 x 5 0
a L12 x18 x230
MB 0 0 2 0
D e
GB9 5 4 1
g a
MD 1 1 9 1
MB 8 8 9 2 e MB 0 0 MA 7 6 6 7 f
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7 x 1 3 x 7 0
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7 x 1 3 x 7 0
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7 x 1 3 x 7 0
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7 x 1 3 x 7 0
P5 x9x 300 L12 x18 x70 f
MU 2 9 6 5
18 f
MD 7 7 6 0
D
MA 3 1 4 3 MA 7 6 6 6 N MD 1 1 9 1 f
f L1 2 x1 8 x6 0 f Mouthpiece
b b f f
MB 0 0 2 0
L1 2 x1 8 x5 0 f N f N
L12x 18x 70 L1 2 x1 8 x7 0
c MD 0 6 6 3 f f f f R : ME 5 0 9 0 ( 2. 5)
L12 x18x 40
L1 2 x1 8 x 2 0 0
b MA 7 6 6 6 MA 7 6 6 6 MD 9 9 8 7
b b b b b
GB9 5 4 0
L7 x1 3 x 5 0
MA 7 6 6 7
L1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
MD 9 8 5 5 f e L12 x18 x40
Synapse
L1 2 x1 8 x 6 0
MU 5 8 8 1 b MB 0 0 2 0 E MD 1 1 9 1 f
MD 9 9 8 7
P5 x9x 850 d MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 a b
Out of AU400
MA 7 6 6 7
MA 4 9 9 6
ME 6 2 7 0 L12x 18x 50 f S : MD 7 9 3 1
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 7 6 7 9 g
L12 x18x 60
( MD 9 7 9 7 )
MD 9 2 1 1 L12 x18 x70

D 1 Option
MA 7 6 6 7
MA 7 6 6 6 d a
d
MA 7 6 4 4 b f
Strong OP H Diaphragm
e b f f
Waste 2.5
N f f N MD 9 8 2 1 T : M D9208( 0.6 )
L 1 2 x1 8 x 4 0 f Vacuum tank GB7 3 2 4 U : M E5010( 0.7 ) 2.5
T2 1 x 2 2x 2 0 0
L12 x18 x250

GB7 3 2 5
MD 9 9 8 7
f
L12x18x80 2 ( MB 9 9 6 1
L 1 5x 2 2 x 1 0 m ) V : M E4751( 0.8 ) 2.5
L1 2 x1 8 x 1 5 0
N MB 0 0 2 0 f f
L12x 18x 60 L12x 18x 70 Weak : M D9211( 5
MU 2 9 6 3
W 2.5 )
P5x 9x 450
OP H
P5x 9x 650
360
MA 7 6 6 5
ME 5 0 0 2 MD 7 7 8 5 MA 7 6 6 6 Waste
f f MA 5 8 3 4 f MA 7 6 6 7 f MD 9 8 2 1 X : M E6270( 1.5 ) 5
MD 7 7 7 9 L12 x18x100 V3 4 f
f Y : M E1580( 2.0 ) 12
MU 3 5 3 2
MD 7 7 7 8 MA 5 8 3 4 L1 2 x 1 8 x5 0 L12 x18 x400

( MD 9 7 9 7 )
MD 0 0 0 5 3
ME 1 3 5 8 f MD 7 7 8 6 GB5 5 9 8 I N OUT
e
500W
MA 3 2 2 7
L12 x18x 270
MD 1 1 9 1 f L7 x13 x490
ME 1 3 5 9 e f
ME 1 5 1 4
f Exhaust
MD 7 7 8 1 e GB6 8 7 5
MA 5 6 0 2
Sourse Water
MB 0 1 5 2
MA 7 6 7 0
MA 4 9 9 7
MD 7 7 8 4 L7x13x200 MD 7 8 2 3 Inlet
e Waste
MD 7 7 7 5
MD 0 0 7 7
MD 7 7 7 8
MD 7 7 7 9
MD 0 0 7 7
ME 1 3 5 7 MA 5 8 3 4 GB6 8 7 5
MU 5 3 0 4
e 4
( MB 9 9 6 3
L 1 2 x 1 8 x 1 0 m Option ) X Tube Y T fixer Z Screw
L7 x13x 200
MD 7 7 7 6 f L7 x13x200 MA 5 8 3 4 b 256 Deionizer 259 X Y Z 1 2 GB7 7 7 6 GB6 5 7 5

e L 1 2 x1 8 x5 0 b
1 2 x1 8 x 2 0 0
f b OUT I N MD 1 1 1 3 GB6 5 7 5
GB6 8 7 5
1. 5 2. 5
g a MA 5 8 3 4 e MD 1 1 9 1 V1
MD 7 7 7 3
f b GB5 5 9 8 ( MA 7 5 2 8 ) (Regurator) 2 3 GB5 3 1 4 GB6 5 7 5
MA4 9 9 6
D MD 7 7 7 8 Detergent tank B MD 1 1 9 1 e b V2
MD 7 7 7 9 MA 7 6 6 5 MU 2 9 2 9 OPD Valve
P5x9x150 L12 x18 x60 f f L12x 18 x50 MU 2 5 3 5
L 1 2 x 1 8 x1 5 0 e e Water Supply Valve
MA 3 1 4 MA 7 6 6 7 ( Alkali ) a
DI water tank e e GB6 8 7 5
252
g
MU 6 4 5 5
f f f 251 258 L7 x13x200 AU403-01, AU404-01 (M516)
f MA 5 8 3 4 L 1 2 x 1 8 x 5 0 P5 Vacuum Pump P6
GB7324 DI water supply MU 4 1 4 9 Y connector is changed (516-0094)
H
P 1 pump M D 1 1 9 1 Detergent B supply pump M D 2 0 2 3 Diaphragm
f L12x18x80 f MD 0 7 8 6 M D 2 0 2 5 Valve
( Alkali ) D M1 8 3 1
L12x 18x 1800
Service Manual
Remarks : House Code MU6483
[58] 2014.05.15 516-0350 Item M516-AA01
[15] 2004.12.10 Sht. NO. 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
GA01 (Incubator/Photometry Unit)

DA01 (Reagent Refrigerator) DC02 (STAT Table) c
MD 2 7 5 1
L7 3 1400
( M E 5 6 4 6 )( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
A MB 0 0 2 0
MD 9 9 9 7
( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
A
L12 18 110
b
L7 13 100
c b
MB 8 8 8 9 e e MB 0 0 1 8 Front ( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
b P5 9 270
GB7 1 5 3
b c Drain B ( T 1 2 2 5 0 )
e GB9 5 4 0
L12 18 80
GB6 8 7 7 b MA 5 6 0 2 e L7 13 50
e
( M E 1 5 1 5 )( T 1 2 2 9 0 )
GB7 3 2 4
L7 13 230 L12 18 270 1C ( T 1 2 2 9 0 )
e
)
e ( T 1 2 2 9 0 )
c E 3C 2C MD 7 7 3 8
20
c 4C T 1 2 2 9 0
L7 13 42
( )
180
( MD 9 7 9 7 )
b f b ( MA 7 0 6 6 )
GB7 5 0 7
MU 5 0 3 3 ( M B 1 9 6 5 )( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
( MB 7 7 5 6
MU 2 9 6 1
E b
a 6C 5C ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
L12 18
MA 5 1 0 7
MD 9 9 9 7 b 250W
250
MA 5 8 3 4 L12 18 110 ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
1000
MA 5 8 3 4 ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
B B
L12 18
C
C
C
C
C
C
c Back ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
( MD 7 7 9 0 )
GB7 3 2 5
b f
1
2
3
4
5
6
350W
( AA0 1 ) b f L12 18 60 ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
18
MA 7 6 6 7 f
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
MA 5 8 3 4 MA 7 6 6 7
L12 18 60
MB 0 0 2 0 e ( T 1 2 3 2 0 )
a
L12
MB 8 8 9 4
( M D 9 8 8 2 )( T 1 2 2 0 0 )
f ME 0 3 2 1 MB 5 7 5 3
T ( T 1 2 1 8 0 )
DB01 (Peltier Cooling Unit) h L7 13 520 P2. 5 4. 5 25
1A
2A
3A
4A
MF 4 4 6 2
L15 20 45 c ( Total : 24pcs) ( T 1 2 1 8 0 )
7A
5A
6A
B
B
B
B
B
B
P5 9 180
MF 4 4 6 2 A A
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
h A A A A A A
MA 3 6 9 1
( MA 3 6 2 7 2 0 )
L15 20 45 b
L12 18 180
a a
40
180 b b d d d d d d
T M wash cup
340
M wash cup ME 5 5 2 1 T2 3 450
MB 0 0 2 0 L 1 2 1 8 1 0 0 0 (Water wash)
MA 5 1 0 7
P2. 5 4. 5
h h MB 8 8 9 4 MD 9 8 5 6 (Detergent wash)
181 ME 5 5 2 1 T 2 3 45 0
MB 1 7 4 7
D M2 6 5 2 L12 18
L12 18
B B B B B B
ME 0 3 2 2
150
Incubator / Photometry unit MA 7 6 6 7 f e ME 5 5 2 1 T 2 3 450 e e e
P2. 5 4. 5 150
C Coolant circulation pump 6 d ME 5 5 2 1 T 2 3 450 C
D M2 9 1 4
P2. 5 4. 5
MB 9 1 5 8
C C C C C C
370
L12 18 300 d d d d
MB 9 1 5 8
Reagent Refrigerator d Mixture Wash water
f d d
Coolant Circulation Pump To DA GB7 5 1 0 d Overflow
3
d d Wash solution aspiration
MD 7 6 4 9 d d d d d d
L12 18
MD 0 0 0 7
MA 7 5 1 9
d 3751 d 3751 aspiration
aspiration
ME 5 0 1 0
3751 3751
f d
d d d d
MD 7 7 5 2
MD 7 7 5 0
MD 7 7 4 6
f d d
MA 4 9 1 3
MA 4 9 1 3
MD 9 2 0 8 d
To DC L12 18 250 d d d d d e
ME 5 0 1 0 d MD 9 9 8 6 MD 9 9 8 6
GB7 3 2 5 f f f d T2 3 50 d T2 3 50
MD 9 2 0 8
MA 5 8 3 4
f d
B
f f d MD 8 4 4 5 Water
L1 2 1 8 2 0 0
d
L1 2 1 8 1 0 0
MB 0 0 2 0 MB 7 7 3 8 f f f f f f d
T2 3 300 leaking 2 1 4
400
d d d
MA 4 9 9 6
f d
Refer DA, DB, DC and MU4942L1 d aspiration
MD 7 7 5 4
MD 0 0 0 5
3751 4 0 3 3
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
150
To DA f f f MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 f 100 A A d B
d e
150
P2. 5 4. 5
f f e
MA 3 1 3 7
L12
GB7 5 0 7
f Cuvette wash
ME 1 5 8 0
GB7 5 0 7
P2. 5 4. 5
MB 9 1 5 8
MD 1 1 9 1 OUT 3 3 8
A
f f f f
L12 18 40
L12 18 40
L12 18 40
13 800
L7 13 800
e
P2. 5 4. 5
MB 9 1 5 8
MA 5 6 2 1 ( MD 9 2 1 4 ) MA 7 6 6 6
5 1 : Sample aspiration/Detergent B dispensing 5 : Wash water aspiration/Wash water dispensing
L7 13 42
D
MD 9 9 8 7
MD 9 9 8 7
MU 6 9 V 2 1 D
GB7 1 6 2
MD 9 9 8 7
f
GB7 1 6 2
f
GB7 5 0 7
T1. 5 2. 5 800 ( T1. 5 2. 5 950) L12 18 70 d 2 : Detergent B aspiration/Detergent B dispensing 6 : Wash water aspiration/Wash water dispensing
10
MB 7 7 3 8
L7
L7
MA 3 5 1 0 B wash e d
e
L1 2 1 8 2 0 0
R f
3751
3 : Detergent B aspiration/Wash water dispensing 7 : Wash water aspiration
R I N solution
8445
3
prevent 4 : Wash water aspiration/Wash water dispensing 8 : Drying
L7 13 800
f
L7
MA 4 9 9 6
MA 5 1 8 7 e f f f
R
MD 9 2 1 2 ( MD 9 2 1 3 ) MB 8 8 9 2 valve GB5 5 9 8 e
S
L12 18 40
GB7 1 6 2
L12 18 230 I N I N I N
T1 2 320 ( T1 2 950) e e
MA 5 1 8 7
MD 9 9 8 7
S ME 5 5 1 6 ( MB 5 9 4 6 ) e
S 330 V3 0 331 V2 4 340 V3 3
150
OUT
L7 13 80
S
MA 5 1 8 6 ( GB6 5 7 5 ) d d 339
49
GB6 8 6 9
OUT OUT OUT 49
( MD 7 2 5 7 )
( GB7 7 7 6 ) V1 9 Wash water
270
d Mixture drain valve Aspiration drain valve

49
GB7 7 7 6
leaking prevent
P2. 5 4. 5
MB 9 1 5 8
3751 f f f
GB6 5 7 5
valve M W0 4 8 8 M W0 4 8 7
( GB6 5 7 5 )
( ME 4 8 2 9 )
L12 18 60
MA 5 1 8 6
d d I N M W0 1 8 2 Overflow drain valve

M5 1 0 - S A 0 1
T1. 5 2. 5
( MD 1 1 1 3 )
( T1 2 150) e
MA 2 2 1 3
MA 7 6 6 7
L7 13 70
d e M W0 4 8 7
MD 1 4 0 9
f
145)
d
MB 0 0 2 0
MD 9 2 0 8 d e
GB5 5 9 8
MD 2 8 8 0
MB 7 7 3 8
C 3751
E d f e E
R Probe
S Probe
M5 1 0 - S A 0 1 d
( T1. 5 2. 5
f f f
( ME 4 8 4 4 )
2
L12 18 100
L1 2 1 8 6 0
d
T1
MU 6 1 9 7
MD 0 0 0 5
MB 0 0 2 0 MA 7 6 6 7
f
13 42
GB7 5 0 7
L12 18 250
MA 3 2 2 7 f
GB7 3 2 5
GB7 5 1 0
3
L1 2 1 8 400
300
d d
L12 18
L12 18 200
f
T2
150
L7
f
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 4 9 9 6
Q A A
4. 5
MB 0 7 6 5
317 d d
R Probe e e
MD 7 6 3 6
MD 7 6 3 6
18
f f
NC Inner Wash Valve
f
L7 13 800
L7 13 3
L7 13 3
MU 2 9 4 4
P2. 5
MB 2 7 7 5
MB 2 7 7 5
f
L12
L12 18 60
S
GB7 1 6 2
V6 I N
e
MA 7 6 6 7
Detergent Supply Pump B
f
ME 4 7 5 1
NO Q OUT 3 5 3 3 3 6 OUT
MA 7 6 6 5
MU 3 5 4 5
T1 2 220 d e e d R B wash solution Wash solution
f
F 261 F
MB 7 7 3 8
Q dispensing valve V 1 8 V1 6
ME 4 7 5 1
MB 9 8 9 3 dispensing valve f
L7 13 300
f f OUT OUT OUT MU 6 9 1 0 f
P13 OUT 3 4 1
GB7 1 5 5
T1. 5 2. 5 150
I N M W0 1 8 2 I N
ME 7 1 3 0
d Mix B wash solution

T1x2x10
316 344 V1 1 345 V1 0 343 V1 4

d R e V2 7
MA 2 2 1 2
L12 18 600 discharge valve

NC Mix wash S/R Probe
I N discharge I N outer wash I N Water
MA 3 2 2 5
ME 7 8 7 8 MU 6 9 1 0 I N
V5 COM c valve c valve d MD 7 8 0 9 leaking
P2. 5 4. 5 400
P2. 5 4. 5 650
200
R d Drain
L1 2 1 8 6 0
f
200
180
MU 2 9 4 5 M W0 1 8 2
L7 13 100
M W0 1 8 2
ME 9 3 7 6
ME 5 5 2 2
GB6 5 7 5 4 9 Valve
MA 7 6 6 7
L7 13 50
NO S Probe
GB7 1 5 3
GB9 5 4 0
MA 3 7 5 3
MA 3 7 5 4
MB 9 1 5 8
3
GB5 3 1 4 d M W0 4 8 7
MB 9 1 6 1
MA 3 1 3 7
L12 18 80
L2. 5 4. 5
MA 4 7 5 7
Inner Wash Valve P2. 5
GB5 5 9 8
3
GB5 5 9 8
T1 2 220
GB5 5 9 8
GB7 3 2 4
MB 0 0 3 1
GB5 5 9 8
MB 9 8 9 3
T2
T2
MD 0 1 7 0
e e e e
MA 5 6 0 2
GB7 7 7 6
P2. 5 4. 5 80
P2. 5 4. 5 80
L12 18
d d e e e e e e e Different diameter connector
L7 13 45
L7 13 45
L7 13 80
L7 13 80
13 80
L7 13 45
L7 13 45
L7 13 80
GB6 8 6 9
2 280
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
ME 8 2 1 7
GB6 8 6 9
GB6 8 6 9
MB 8 8 9 6
MB 8 8 9 6
GB6 8 6 9
MA 5 8 3 4
G MD 1 1 1 3 MD 2 8 0 6 f A : ME 5 0 0 8 ( 2 . 5 - 7)
G
MD 0 1 7 0
ME 7 3 2 3 F F
c g g MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 MD 7 7 8 7 B : MD 7 8 3 2 ( 5 - 7 )
13. 5 600
ME 5 5 1 5
P5 9 600
P5 9 700
L7
C : ME 5 0 0 9 ( 2 . 5 - 12)
400
e e e e e e e e
MD 1 6 8 4
MA 7 6 8 2
Q D : MA 7 6 4 4 ( 5 - 1 2 )
MD 0 2 3 7
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

c c E : MA 7 5 9 0 ( 7 - 1 2 )
MA 3 1 3 7
P2. 5 4. 5
I N MU 1 2 4 1 V2 5 35 7 V2 6 359 V2 8 354 V2 9 351 V2 2 355 V2 3 358 V3 1 356 V3 2 350 F : ME 6 3 3 3 ( 2 . 5 - 5)

GB5 5 9 8 T : MF 4 4 6 0 ( 1 4 - 1 8)
32
B8
g
ME 5 5 1 4
V9 318 MF 1 5 9 8 c MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1 MU 5 0 1 1
L7 13 1100
c g I N I N I N I N I N I N I N I N
Probe Inner Wash Mixture air
MA 2 9 9 7
350
MD 1 2 6 1
4
OUT
Water Return Valve GB7 1 6 2 L 7 13 800
Air release valve
for water leaking
e Water leaking
aspiration valve
e Mixture Overflow e Overflow Air release valve e Wash water
Y connector
g release valve aspiration aspiration
T2 3 860
MA 7 7 0 6
air release valve for aspiration
S1. 5
aspiration
400
411 valve valve
MD 2 8 2 7
M W0 1 8 2
Q GB7 1 6 2 L7 13 800 M W0 1 8 2 valve M W0 1 8 2 G 3751( 2. 5
32
P11
400
GB7 1 6 2 L7 13 800 M W0 1 8 2
H : ( 5
MD 1 2 6 1
L1 2
4
d
d
c GB7 1 6 2 L7 13 80 0
J : ( )
c
S1. 5
K : M ( 12)
L1 2
MA 4 9 1 3 d
H H
ME 0 0 0 1
Degassed water supply pump MA 4 7 6 0 P2. 5 4. 5 850
3751
L1 2
B
MA 7 5 1 9 e c GB5 5 9 8
T2 3 1850
T2 3 1650
MU5019/MU7673 T connector
MA 3 2 2 7
MD 2 7 7 3 P2. 5 4. 5 315
MA 7 5 1 9
P5 9 50
MB 0 1 6 2
MB 0 1 7 6
MA 3 1 4 0
L : MB 0 0 2 0 ( 12)
P5 9 1150
MA 3 2 2 7
MF 3 7 1 4
3 1850
f f
MB 0 1 6 2
MD 2 7 6 4
d
f e L connector
MB 2 5 0 0 MB 7 7 3 8
L12 18 140
E
f
M : MB 0 0 1 8 ( 7)
MD 9 9 8 9
T2
N : MA 5 8 3 4 ( 12)
MD 7 8 2 1
e MA 5 6 0 2 Frame Top
257 L12 1 8 270 I SE Crescent Cramp
3751
P3 GB6 8 7 3
MU 5 0 0 2
T
f (option) a MD 1 2 5 9 ( C 1 8 . 5 )
With ISE ( 1 8 0 )
L7 13 150
e MA 5 8 3 4 b : D1 2 6 0 ( C1 6 . 7 )
d
P5 9 300
d
c : MF 5 3 5 1 ( C 1 3 . 1 )
MA 3 1 4 3
f MA 2 5 5 2
50
60
MB 0 0 2 0
80
I I
315
d L12 18 450
GB6 8 7 5 d
( Without ISE ) g : MD 3 9 1 5 ( C 8 . 5 )
L12 18
MD 1 1 9 1
L12 18
MA 7 6 6 7
Included ISE ( 1 8 0 )
Detergent Tank B (Alkali) L7 13 200
P2. 5 4. 5
L12 18 70 h : MF 4 4 6 3 ( C 2 2 )
MB 8 8 9 6
f
P2. 5 4. 5
E
MD 9 8 4 0
MU 7 9 4 8 MA 7 6 6 6
a c f Tie warp (SKB Band)
MD 2 7 7 3
L7 1 3 3 5
0
f
MB 0 0 2 0
d S K B - 1 M( G B 7 0 0 0 )
MB 0 0 1 8
MA 7 7 2 6
f f
MB 0 0 2 0
L12 18
GB7 3 2 4
326
g d L12 470 e S K B - M( G B 9 3 9 6 )
2 500 f f f
L7 1 3 3 5
L7 520 L7 13 50 f f S K B - 3 M( G B 9 3 9 7 )
MU 5 0 0 4
MB 0 0 3 0 MB 0 0 1 8
MA 7 7 2 6
I N OUT D e d
ME 0 3 2 1 c e GB9 5 4 0 a f f MD 7 6 9 8 Inside tank: SKB
60
e e e e e e
80
V4 M W0 1 8 2 e MB 7 7 3 8 Other: Tie warp
L12 18 40
g
L7 13 1000
MD 9 8 3 9
C
MD 7 8 3 2
e f Flare fitting
f f
MD 9 9 8 7
L12 18
MA 7 6 6 7
B f
L12 18
GB7 3 2 4
B Dilute wash e f
L12 18 50
a L12 18 230 Q
MB 0 0 2 0
a L12 18 70 D solution valve e
GB9 5 4 1
g
MD 1 1 9 1
MB 8 8 9 2 e MB 0 0 MA 7 6 6 7 f
70
70
70
70
P5 9 300 MA 7 6 6 6 f
f
MU 2 9 6 5
18
MD 7 7 6 0
D
MA 3 1 4 3 N MD 1 1 9 1 f
f L12 18 60 f Fitting for Tube
13
13
13
13
b b f f
MB 0 0 2 0
J L1 2 1 8 5 0 f N N J
L12 18 70 L12 18 7 0
c MD 0 6 6 3 f f f f f R E7960( 2. 5
40
200
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7
MD 1 4 0 9 L 7
b MA 7 6 6 6 MA 7 6 6 6 MD 9 9 8 7
b b b b b Outside M516
18 60
GB9 5 4 0
13 50
MA 7 6 6 7
MD 9 8 5 5 f e L12 18 40
L12 18 60
MU 5 8 8 1 b MB 0 0 2 0 E MD 1 1 9 1 f Synapse
L12 18
MD 9 9 8 7
P5 9 850 d MB 0 0 2 0 MB 0 0 2 0 a b
MA 7 6 6 7
MA 4 9 9 6
L12 18
ME 6 2 7 0 L12 18 50 f S MD 7 9 3 1
MB 0 0 2 0
MA 7 6 7 9 g
L12 18 60
( MD 9 7 9 7 )
MD 9 2 1 1 L12 18 70
D 1 Option
MA 7 6 6 7
L7
L12
MA 7 6 6 6 d a b Reducer
MA 7 6 4 4 f
d OP H
e b f
N N
f Conc. waste M 9 2 0 8 (
L12 18 40 f f MD 9 8 2 1 Force waste
f GB7 3 2 4 ME 5 0 1 0 ( 0. 7
200
L12 18 250
( MB 9 9 6 1
)
MD 9 9 8 7
GB7 3 2 5 L12 18 8 2 L15 22 10m ME 4 7 5 1 ( 0. 8 2. 5
f
L12 18 150
N MB 0 0 2 0 f f
L12 18 60 L12 18 70 Diluted M 9 2 1 1 (
MU 2 9 6 3
450
650
22
360
MA 7 6 6 5
ME 5 0 0 2 MD 7 7 8 5 MA 7 6 6 7 MA 7 6 6 6 OPH
f MA 5 8 3 4 f f Waste ME 6 2 7 0 ( 1
L12 100 f V3 4 f
MD 9 8 2 1 Force Waste
T21
MD 7 7 7 9 f ME 1 5 8 0 ( . 0) 12
9
MU 3 5 3 2
MD 7 7 7 8 MD 0 0 0 5 MA 5 8 3 4 L12 18 400
( MD 9 7 9 7 )
L12 18 50 3
ME 1 3 5 8 f MD 7 7 8 6 GB5 5 9 8 I N OUT
P5
K e K
500W
P5
MD 1 1 9 1 f MA 3 2 2 7
L12 18 270
ME 1 3 5 9 e f L7 13 490
ME 1 5 1 4
f
MD 7 7 8 1 e GB6 8 7 5 Vacuum Tank Exhaust Tap
MA 5 6 0 2
MB 0 1 5 2
MA 7 6 7 0
MA 4 9 9 7
Waste Valve
MD 7 7 8 4
e L7 200 MD 7 8 2 3 Waste
MD 7 7 7 5
MD 0 0 7 7
MD 7 7 7 8
MD 7 7 7 9
MD 0 0 7 7
ME 1 3 5 7 MA 5 8 3 4 GB6 8 7 5
MU 5 3 0 4
e 4
( MB 9 9 6 3
L12 18 10m ) Option outlet
I II III
I Tube
1 2
II T anchor
GB7 7 7 6
III Fixing Screw
GB6 5 7 5
L7 13 200
MD 7 7 7 6 f L7 200 MA 5 8 3 4 b L12 18 50 b
256 Deionizer 259 1. 5 2. 5 MD 1 1 1 3 GB6 5 7 5
e f b OUT I N
GB6 8 7 5
2 3 GB5 3 1 4 GB6 5 7 5
g a MA 5 8 3 4 e MD 1 1 9 1 V1
MD 7 7 7 3
f b GB5 5 9 8
b ( MA 7 5 2 8 ) ( Decompression)
D MD 7 7 7 8 B wash solution tank MD 1 1 9 1 e MU 2 9 2 9
V2
P5 9 L12 18 60 f
MD 7 7 7 9 f (Alkali) MA 7 6 6 5
L12 18 50 MU 2 5 3 5 valve
MA 7 6 6 7 L12 18 150 e e Water supply valve
MA 3 1 4 a OPD valve
DI Water Tank f
e e GB6 8 7 5
f f 251 258
g L7 200
252 MU 6 4 5 5 Vacuum Pump P 6
f MA 5 8 3 4 L 1 2 1 8 5 0 P5 Service Manual
GB MD 1 1 9 1 B MU 4 1 4 9 M D 2 0 2 3 Diaphragm
P1 DI water supply pump wash solution supply pump Remarks :[58] 2014.05.15 516-0350 House Code MU6483
L 1 (Alkali) D M 2 9 1 3
L f f MD 0 7 8 6 M D 2 0 2 5 Valve
[53] 2011.05.10 L
L12 18 1800
[49] 2010.02.10
Item M516-AA01
[1] 2002.02.13 Issued Sht. NO. 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 2 3 6 7 8
( M ( DA) ( DA)
( DA) D 9 8
0 2
) ( M
9 )
1 )
( l
= 3 x2 D 9 8
DC0 2 0 2
5 )
( M DA0 1 ) ( DC)
7 9
7 5
)
( l
( DA) D 9 5 = 3
7 0
7 2 5 )
) ( M
D 9
E 5
A A
= 1
( l
= 2 x2 D9
0 ) 5 7
2 )
( M
( M
( M ( DC)
( l
( l
( DA) E 5 7 = 2 0
4 9 8( )
( l
) x2 ME
= 8 8 3
0 ) 3 8
( M ( l ) ( DC)
( DA) E 5 1 = 3
0 )
4 6 b
) b b ( M
( l
= 5 x2 E5
( M 6 ) 7 4
E 9 )
5 7 ( DC)
L 1 2 x 1 8 x 1 5 0 )
( l
( DA) 4 9 = 8 0
M A 7 6 6 5 )
( l ) )
= 8 ( M
0 ) E 5 7
5 0
( M ( l ) ( DC)
( DA) D9 =1 1
7 9 0 )
9 ) ( M
x2 E 5 9
3 0
) ( DC) B
B ( l
D A )(
=8 0
)
( D A )( MB 8 8 9 2 ) x2 ( M
D 9 7
( L 1 2 x 1 8 x 2 3 0 ) f 9 9
Drain
(
(
f ) ( DC)
f
D A )
( M
L 1 2 x 1 8 x 8 0 )
E 5 2
( M 2 7
( DA) E 5 7 ( DC) ( l ) ( DC)
3 9 b = 2
G B 7 3 2 4 )(
) b x2 6 0
)
( l
= 1 ( ME 5 7 4 7 ) ( M
3 0
) D 9 7
( M 9 9
( DA) D9
7 9 Drain Drain ) ( DC)
9 )
x2 ( M
( D A )( M A 4 9 9 6 ) ( D C )( M D 9 5 4 5 ) f E 5 7
f f f 5 1
( L 1 2 x 1 8 x 5 0 0 ) ( DC) ( l ) ( DC)
( L 1 2 x 1 8 x 2 0 0 )
(
= 1
7 0
( ME 5 7 4 7 ) )
f MA 5 8 3 4 ( D C ) ( MA 4 9 9 6 )
L 1 2 x 1 8 x 2 5 0 )
f ( L 1 2 x 1 8 x 2 0 0 )
D A )
C C
f f
G B 7 3 2 5 )(
ME
5 7
D C )
L 1 2 x 1 8 x 5 0 0 )
( DA) 4 9
f ( MB 0 0 2 0 ) DB0 1 ( l
= 8
0 )
(
MD
9 7
M D 9 5 4 5 )
ME 0 0 0 1 9 9 9
9
(
M D 0 0 0 37 5 0
ME L 1 2 x 1 8 x 3 5 0
5 2 L 1 2 x 1 8 x 3 7 0
2 7 ME 0 0 0 1 ME
b 5 7
( l
= 2
3 9
6 0 ( l
) = 1
MD 3 0
9 7 )
9 9 c x2 MD
(
(
9 7
9 9
MD 1 1 9 2 MD 0 0 1 0
MD x2
9 5
7 2 b L 1 2 x 1 8 x 1 6 0 b MB 0 0 2 0 c L 1 2 x 1 8 x 8 0 0
D
D 181
( l
= 2
0 )
b b Mark
AA
L 1 2 x 1 8 x 3 7 0
( MU 4 9 2 0 ) Sash fastner clamp

b MD 1 2 6 0 ( C 1 6 . 7 )
M D 0 0 0 7
c MD 1 2 5 9 ( C 1 8 . 5 )
b
f SKB Band
MD 9 8 5 6 AA
f SKB - 3M ( GB 9 3 9 7 )
E E
( AA)
f ( MB 0 0 2 0 ) f
x2 x2 x2 x2
x2
7 2
9 9
1 3
7 3
9 9
9 9
7 2
5 0
9 9
5 0
9 9
)
)
)
6 0
1 0
1 0
0 )
1 0
0 )
9 5
9 7
0 2
9 5
9 7
9 7
9 5
5 7
9 7
5 7
9 7
= 3
= 2
= 1
= 1
= 2
= 3
f
M D
M D
M D
M D
M D
M D
M D
M D
M D
M E
M E
( l
( l
l
( l
( l
F 6HUYLFH0DQXDO F
5HPDUNV +RXVH&RGH 08
,WHP 0'%
>@,VVXHG 6KW12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

'$ 0' '$ '$

0'

O
'$5HDJHQW5HIULJHUDWRU '&67$77DEOH

0' '&

O

'$
0' $
$

O
0'

0(
0(
O '&
O
'$

O 0(

0( O '&
'$
E E E 0(
O
0(
O '&
/
'$
' $ 0 $
O 0(

0' O '&
'$

0(

%
% O

'&
' $ 0% 0'

/
I
'UDLQ I '&
I
0(
* % ' $
/
0(
'$ '& O '&
E E
O 0(
0'
0'
'$

'UDLQ 'UDLQ '&
0(
' $ 0 $ I I ' & 0 ' I
I
/ '& '&
/ O

0$ 0(
I ' & 0$
/
I /
* % ' $
& I I
&
0(
'$
'%
0' ' &

/
I 0% 3HOWLHUFRROLQJXQLW O
0'
0(
0'
0( / /
0( 0(
O E
O
0'
F 0'

0' 0'
0'
' E / E 0%
F /
'
O

E E
$$
&UHVFHQW&UDPS

5HDJHQW5HIULJHUDWRU
&RRODQWFLUFXODWLRQSXPS E 0' &
'0
/
0'
F 0' &
E
0' I
$$
7LHZDUS6.%%DQG
I 6 . % 0 * %
( (
$$
I 0% I

0'
0'
0(
0'
0'
0'
0'
0(
0'
0'
0'
I
O
O
O
6HUYLFH0DQXDO
) )
>@
,WHP 0'%
>@,VVXHG 6KW12

B11 Configuration of CA (Rack feed) B11-1
 CA unit configuration
Unit name Symbol Name

Rack feed unit M1 Rack vertical feed motor
S1 Rack feed pitch sensor
S2 Rack receive pitch sensor
S3 Rack presence sensor
S4 Rack type sensor 1
S28 Re-run rack arrival sensor
B11 Configuration of CA (Rack feed) em514b1101.docx B11-1

B11 Operation process CA (Rack feed) B11-2
Alarm Types
 Alarm *1 : Shifting to MEASURE2 is done independent of automatic reanalysis. In this case, direct restart is
not possible.
After completion of equipment operation, remove the alarm cause and start the operation.
 Alarm *2 : With automatic reanalysis : PULSE (remove the respective rack and start again)
Without automatic reanalysis : MEASURE2 (remove the respective rack and start again)
 Alarm *3 : Shift to MEASURE2. In this case, direct restart is not possible.
 Alarm *4 : Only alarm. Analysis operation is continued.
CA (rack feed unit)

1. Initialization operation
■ Movement away from the origin position
 The rack traversing motor (M1) operates for 35 P in CW direction when facing the motor shaft and stops.
(Operation pulse rate : 160 PPS, rack movement speed : 40 mm/s, rack movement amount : 8.75 mm)
(If the rack feed pitch sensor (S1) after operation detects the detection plate, the motor moves another 10 pulses
in CW direction and stops.)
 After operation, the rack traversing motor (M1) operates for max. 120 P in CCW direction when facing the
motor shaft.
 If the rack feed pitch sensor (S1) detects the detection plate during operation, the motor moves another 10 pulses
in CCW direction and stops.
2. Rack feed operation

■ Feed from the rack setting position to the rack confirmation position
 The rack traversing motor (M1) operates for max. 120 P in CCW direction when facing the motor shaft and
stops.
 If the rack feed pitch sensor (S1) detects the detection plate during operation, the motor moves another 10 pulses
in CCW direction and stops. (1 rack pitch corresponds to 99 P.)
(If the rack feed pitch sensor (S1) does not detect after the max. movement amount of 120 P, Alarm *1 is
generated.)
 After motor stop, the rack presence sensor (S3) is checked, and if the rack has not been detected, the rack feed is
operated again. If the rack is not detected, this is repeated for max. 10 times. If the rack presence sensor (S3) has
detected the rack, the rack type is identified by the rack type sensors (S4, S5, S6). When rack type detection is
not possible, an Alarm *2 is generated.
● Rack feed operation prohibition conditions
(1) At the time of rack detection sensor (S7) detection
(2) At the time of reanalysis rack passage sensor (S27) detection
B11 Operation process CA (Rack feed) em514b1102.docx B11-2

■ Feed from the rack recognition position to the rack feeder position (CB)
(Rack identification is performed at the same time.)
 First, the ID mirror rotation motor (M3) operates for 42 P in CW direction when facing the motor shaft to read
the rack ID. After completion of operation, the bar code reader (B1) starts detection.
(Operation pulse rate : 300 PPS, mirror rotation speed : 135/s, mirror rotation angle : 18.9)
 After 0.6 s, the rack traversing motor (M1) operates for 24 P in CCW direction when facing the motor shaft.
Rack ID movement reading is performed by this.
(Operation pulse rate : 45 PPS, rack movement speed : 11.25 mm/s, rack movement amount : 6 mm)
 After completion of rack ID detection, M1 rotates in CCW direction, and after detection of the rack feed pitch
sensor (S1), the movement continues for another 10 pulses in CCW direction and stops.
(1 rack pitch corresponds to 99 P.)
(An Alarm *1 is generated when S1 detection is not possible even after the max. movement amount of 120 P.)
 At the time of completion of rack ID detection, B1 ends operation, M2 operates for max. 80 P in CCW direction,
and after detection of the ID mirror origin sensor (S9), it stops at the next AB phase in CCW direction. If rack ID
detection is not possible, an Alarm *2 is generated.
(Operation pulse rate : 300 PPS, mirror rotation speed : 135/s, mirror rotation angle : 18.9)
(An Alarm *1 is generated when ID mirror origin sensor (S9) detection is not possible even after the max.
movement amount of 120 P.)
● Rack feed operation prohibition conditions

(2) ID mirror origin sensor (S9) not detected before operation.

3. Rack reception operation

■ Reanalysis rack transfer from the normal stop position to the reception position
 The rack traversing motor (M1) operates for max 120 P in CW direction when facing the motor shaft.
 If the rack reception pitch sensor (S2) detects the detection plate during operation, it operates for another 10
pulses in CW direction and stops.
(1 rack pitch corresponds to 50 P.)
(An Alarm *3 is generated if the rack reception pitch sensor (S2) does not detect after a max. movement amount
of 120 P.)
● Rack reception operation prohibition conditions

(3) At the time of reanalysis rack arrival sensor (S28) detection
 If the rack reception pitch sensor (S1) detects the detection plate during operation, the motor moves another 10
pulses in CCW direction and stops
(1 rack pitch corresponds to 50P.)
(An Alarm *1 is generated if the rack reception pitch sensor (S1) does not detect after a max. movement amount
of 120 P.)
● Rack reception operation prohibition conditions


Operation consolidation CA (rack feed unit)

■ Mechanical composition
Motor : Pulse motor (W1-2 PHASE fixed speed)
Number of caterpillars (CB - CD) : 10.5
■ Pulse rate
Constant speed pulse rate : 160 PPS
Rack ID movement reading : 45 PPS
■ Pulse number
Number of pulses between caterpillars : 99 pulses
Recovery position sensor removal : 35 pulses
Rack ID movement reading : 24 pulses
■ Sensors
Carry-out position : Movement is made at fixed speed in carry-out direction, and after rack feed pitch sensor
detection, stop is made after another 10 pulses (performed each time). If the rack feed pitch
sensor is ON at the start of movement in carry-out direction, the sensor is disregarded
automatically. (Rising edge sensing)
Recovery position : Movement is made at fixed speed in recovery direction, and after rack reception pitch
sensor detection, stop is made after another 10 pulses (performed each time). If the rack
reception pitch sensor is ON at the start of movement in carry-out direction, movement
away from the origin is performed at PRG.
Note : 1. The rack feed pitch sensor becomes OFF at the recovery position.
2. The rack reception pitch sensor becomes OFF at the carry-out position.

B12 Configuration of CB (Rack transfer) B12-1
 CB unit configuration
B12 Configuration of CB (Rack transfer) em514b1201.docx B12-1

B12 Configuration of CB (Rack transfer) B12-2
 CB unit Configuration

Rack feed unit M2 Belt Feeding Motor
M3 ID Mirror Rotation Motor
M4 Pitch Feeding Motor 1 (ID)
M5 Pitch Feeding Motor 2 (S)
S7 Rack Detection Sensor
S8 Sample Tub Detection Sensor
S9 ID Mirror Origin Sensor
S10 ID Mirror Stop Position Sensor
S11 Pitch Feeding Origin 1 (ID)
S14 Pitch Feeding Origin 2 (S)
B1 Re-run rack arrival sensor
B12 Configuration of CB (Rack transfer) em514b1201.docx B12-2

B12 Operation Process CB (Rack transfer) B12-3
Alarm Types
 Aalrm*1: The mode shifts to "MEASURE 2" even if Auto-Repeat Run is activated. You need to wait until the end
of measurement, then remove the cause of the alarm generation, then re-start.
 Alarm*2: Auto-Repeat Run = YES: The mode shifts to "PAUSE". (You are allowed to re-start after
removing the applicable racks.) Auto-Repeat Run = NO: The mode shifts to "MEASURE 2". (You
are allowed to re-start after removing the applicable racks.)
 Alarm*3: The mode shifts to "MEASURE 2". In this case, you are not allowed to re-start right after this
generating alarm.
 Alarm*4: Just generating the alarm. The measurement will be continued.
CB (Rack Feeder Unit)

1. Initialize Actions
 Releasing origin point. (Pitch Feeding Unit)
The Pitch Feeding Motors (M4), (M5) will stop after stepping 25 pulses towards the CW direction on the Motor
Shaft view.
(Pulse rate: 300PPS, Cam Rotation Speed: 562.5 degrees per second, Cam Rotation Angle: 46.875 degrees)
(During the action, if the (S11), (S14) are detected, another 25 pulses will be driven, then will stop.)
Then, the Pitch Feeding Motors (M4), (M5) will be driven 192 pulses in maximum towards the CCW direction on
the Motor Shaft view.
During the action, if the (S11), (S14) are detected, another 5 pulses will be stepped towards the CCW direction, then
will stop.
 Releasing origin point. (ID Mirror Assembly)

ID Mirror Rotation Motor (M3) will be driven 40 pulses towards the CW direction then will stop.
(Pulse rate: 300PPS, Cam Rotation Speed: 135 degrees per second, Cam Rotation Angle: 18 degrees)
(During the action, if the (S9) is detected, another 40 pulses will be driven towards the CW direction, then will
stop.)
Then, the ID Mirror Motor (M3) will be driven 800 pulses in maximum towards the CCW direction.
During the action, if the ID Mirror Origin Point (S9) is detected, it will stop at the next AB-Phase.
 Rack Feed-Out Action

Pitch Feeding Motors (M4), (M5) will be driven 48 pulses towards the CCW direction then will stop. (Release
position)
(Pulse rate: 860PPS, Cam Rotation Speed: 562.5 degrees per second, Cam Rotation Angle: 90 degrees)
Later, the Belt Feed Motor (M2) will be driven 3870 pulses (necessary distance: 540 mm), then the racks on the
Rack Feeder Unit will be fed out.
(Pulse rate: 860PPS, Rack Feed Speed: 140.18 mm per second)
However, during the feed-out action, CA unit will stop at the position of Rack Feed Pitch Position, while CC unit
will stop at the Auto-Repeat Run Rack Reception Pitch Position.)
B12 Operation Process CB (Rack transfer) em514b1202.docx B12-3

2. Belt Feeding Actions

1. Transfering CA to Sample ID position
(The action will be made when the preceding rack is in the sample aspiration sequence.)
The Rack Detection Sensor (S7) will detect the rack reaches the point of rack transferring.
Later, the Belt Feed Motor (M2) will be driven 770 pulses (necessary distance: 50.3 mm) towards the CCW
direction on the Motor Shaft view, then the first tube within the rack will be transferred to ID Reading Position.
(Pulse rate: 860PPS, Rack Feed Speed: 140.18 mm per second)
Sample Tube Detection (S8) will be detected.
(At this time, if the S8 could not detect, an alarm, Alarm*4 will be generated.)
Subsequently, the Barcode Reader (B1) will be driven. If the barcode reading failed, the ID Mirror Rotation Motor
(M3) will be driven 11 pulses towards the CW direction on the Motor Shaft view. Right after this action, the
Barcode Reader (B1) will be driven again.
(If the barcode reading failed, an alarm of "Alerm*3 will be generated.)
After finishing the barcode reading action, M3 will be driven 11 pulses towards the direction of CCW.
(Pulse rate: 300PPS, Mirror Rotation Speed: 135 degrees per second, Mirror Rotation Degree: 4.95 degrees)
-Rack Feeding Action Prohibition Condition-

(1) When S9 could not detected.
(2) When Pitch Feeding Origin Sensors (S11), (S14) were not detected before the action.
(3) When ID Mirror Origin Sensor (S9) was not detected before the action.
2. Rack Pitch Feeding (Sample ID Position, Common Sample Aspiration Position )

The Rack Feeding Belt will be driven twice when the Rack Pitch Feed function will take the actions.
The first Action
The Pitch Feed Motors (M4), (M5) will be driven 32 pulses towards the CW direction on the Motor Shaft view.
The Belt Feed Motor (M2) will be driven 430 pulses towards the CW direction on the Motor Shaft view. (necessary
move distance: 7.5 mm:4.7 pulses)
The Second Action

The Pitch Feed Motors (M4), (M5) will be driven 32 pulses towards the CCW direction on the Motor Shaft view.
(When S25, S26 could not detected after driving 150 pulses = maximum move distance, an alarm of Alarm*3 will
be generated.)
The Belt Feed Motor (M2) will be driven 430 pulses towards the CCW direction on the Motor Shaft view.
(necessary move distance: 10 mm:62 pulses)
After finishing the Pitch Feed Actions, the Sample Tube Presence Detection and the Sample ID reading will be
carried out as well as the actions of item number "1."
- Rack Feeding Action Prohibition Condition -


3. Another Rack Pitch Feeding (Sample ID Position, Common Sample Aspiration Position )
The Rack Feeding Belt will be driven twice when the Rack Pitch Feed function will take the actions.)
The first Action

(necessary move distance: 13.5 mm:83 pulses)
The Second Action

be generated.)
4. Transferring from Sample Aspiration Position to Rack Buffer Unit

The Rack Feeding Belt will be driven twice when the Rack Pitch Feed function will take the actions.
The first Action

(necessary move distance: 148.5 mm:911 pulses)
be generated.)

(3) When S17 was detected before the action.
5. Rack Pitch Action (Sample Aspiration Position Only)

During the Pitch Feed Unit is driven twice (the rack will be fed for one sample), checking will be made if the sensor
will be ON (when the rack is fed for one sample, the sensor should be ON anytime.).
(If the Rack Pitch Feed Sensor will not be ON each time, an alarm of Alarm*3 will be generated.)

Summaries of action CB (Rack Feeding Unit)

(1) Belt
1. Hardware Configuration
Motor: Pulse Motor (W1-2 Phase Constant Rate)
Rotation Direction: CCW
2. Pulse Rate
Constant Pulse Rate: 860PPS
3. Pulse Count
Since the belt cannot designate the pulse count, the ON-OFF will be controlled by time. Refer to the
Measure Time Chart as to the each time.
(2) Claw Feed Unit

A half feeding Origin Point Release Position
2. Pulse Rate
3. Pulse Count
Releasing Origin Point: 25 pulses
One round: 192 pulses
Origin Point to a half of feeding: 37 pulses
Origin Point to Releasing Position: 43 pulses
4. Sensor
Origin Point : Will be transferred toward the direction of CW with the constant rate, then after detection the
Origin Point, 5 pulses will be fed, then will stop. (When the Initialize Action only)
(Note) The Origin Sensor will be OFF at the position of a half of feeding and releasing
position.

(3) Mirror for ID reading

Stop 2 Stop 1 Origin Point
(Rack ID) (S.ID2) (S.ID1)
2. Pulse Rate
3. Pulse Count
Releasing Origin Point: 40 pulses
One round: 800 pulses
Origin Point to Stop 1: 11 pulses
Origin Point to Releasing Position: 42 pulses
4. Sensor
Origin Point: Will be transferred toward the direction of CCW with the constant rate, then after
detection the Origin Point, will stop at the next AB-Phase (Rack ID reading will be performed every time.)
(Note) 1) The Origin Sensor will be possible to be ON at the position of Stop 1 Position.
Note 2) The Origin Sensor will be OFF at the position of Stop 2 Position.

B13 Configuration of CC (Rack buffer) B13-1
 CC unit Configuration

Rack buffer unit M6 Re-run rack vertical feed motor
S17 Rack arrival sensor
S18 Re-run rack receive pitch sensor
S19 Re-run rack feed pitch sensor
B13 Configuration of CC (Rack buffer) em514b1301.docx B13-1

B13 Operation process CC (Rack buffer) B13-2
Alarm Types
Alarm *1 : Shifting to MEASURE2 is done independent of automatic reanalysis. In this case, direct restart is
not possible.
Alarm *2 : With automatic reanalysis : PULSE (remove the respective rack and start again)
Alarm *3 : Shift to MEASURE2. In this case, direct restart is not possible.
Alarm *4 : Only alarm. Analysis operation is continued.
CC (rack buffer unit)

■ Movement away from the origin position
 The reanalysis rack feed motor (M6) operates for max. 120 P in CCW direction when facing the motor shaft.
(Operation pulse rate : 160 PPS, rack movement speed : 40 mm/s, rack movement amount : 30 mm)
 If the reanalysis rack reception pitch sensor (S18) detects the detection plate during operation, the motor moves
another 10 pulses in CCW direction and stops.

■ Shift of the rack transfer position from the rack reception position to the reanalysis line
 The reanalysis rack traversing motor (M6) operates for max. 120 P in CCW direction when facing the motor
shaft.
 If the reanalysis rack feed pitch sensor (S19) detects the detection plate during operation, the motor moves
(Equivalent to the required movement amount of 50 P.)
(An Alarm *3 is generated when the reanalysis rack feed pitch sensor (S19) does not detect after a max.
● Reanalysis rack feed operation prohibition conditions

(1) At the time of reanalysis rack detection sensor (S20) detection
(2) At the time of storage rack presence sensor (S21) detection
■ Shift from the rack transfer position of the reanalysis line to the rack reception position
 The reanalysis rack traversing motor (M6) operates for max. 120 P in CCW direction when facing the motor
shaft.
 If the reanalysis rack reception pitch sensor (S18) detects the detection plate during operation, it operates for
(Equivalent to the required movement amount of 50 P.)
(An Alarm *3 is generated when the reanalysis rack reception pitch sensor (S18) does not detect after a max.
● Reanalysis rack feed operation prohibition condition

At the time of reanalysis rack detection sensor (S20) detection
B13 Operation process CC (Rack buffer) em514b1302.docx B13-2

B13 Operation process CC (Rack buffer) B13-3
Operation consolidation CC (rack buffer unit)

Motor : Pulse motor (W1-2 phase, constant speed)
Number of caterpillars (CB  CD) : 10.5
■ Pulse rate
Constant speed pulse rate : 160 PPS
■ Pulse number
Number of pulses between caterpillars : 99 pulses
Recovery position sensor removal : 35 pulses
■ Sensors
Carry-out position : Fixed speed movement is made in carry-out direction, and after reanalysis rack feed pitch
sensor detection, feed continues for 10 pulses and stops (performed each time). When the
reanalysis rack feed pitch sensor is ON at the start of movement in carry-out position,
movement away from the origin is performed at PRG.
Recovery position : Fixed speed movement is made in recovery direction, and after reanalysis rack reception
pitch sensor detection, feed continues for 10 pulses and stops (performed each time).
When the reanalysis rack reception pitch sensor is ON at the start of movement in
carry-out position, the sensor is disregarded automatically. (Rising edge sensing)
Note : 1. The rack feed pitch sensor becomes OFF at the recovery position.
2. The rack reception pitch sensor becomes OFF at the carry-out position.
B13 Operation process CC (Rack buffer) em514b1302.docx B13-3

B14 Configuration of CD (Repeat run line) B14-1
 CD unit Configuration

Re-run line unit M7 Re-run belt feed motor
M13 Rack stopper
S20 Storage rack presence sensor
S21 Re-run rack detection sensor
S27 Re-run rack passage sensor
S27 Re-run rack passage sensor
B14 Configuration of CD (Repeat run line) em514b1401.docx B14-1

B14 Operation process CD (Repeat run line) B14-2
Alarm Types
Alarm *1 : Shifting to MEASURE2 is done independent of automatic repeat run. In this case, direct restart
is not possible.
Alarm *2 : With automatic repeat run : PULSE (remove the respective rack and start again)
Without automatic repeat run : MEASURE2 (remove the respective rack and start again)
Alarm *3 : Shift to MEASURE2. In this case, direct restart is not possible.
Alarm *4 : Only alarm. Analysis operation is continued.
CD (repeat run line unit)

■ Rack discharge operation
 The repeat run belt feed motor (M7) rotates for 3870 P (required movement distance : 540 mm) in CCW
direction when facing the motor shaft and discharges the rack onto the repeat run line unit.
(Operation pulse rate : 860 PPS, rack movement speed : 140.18 mm/sec.)
 However, at the time of discharge, CA must be stopped at the rack reception pitch sensor position and CC must
be stopped at the repeat run rack feed pitch sensor position.
 Further, the CE push-out lever must be stopped in the standby position.

■ Movement from the repeat run line unit to the repeat run rack evacuation position
 After detection of the rack by the repeat run rack detection sensor (S20), the repeat run belt feed motor (M7)
rotates for 1462 P (required movement distance : 186.8 mm : 1147 P) in CCW direction when facing the motor
shaft and movement is made to the repeat run rack evacuation position.
 After completion of operation, storage rack presence sensor (S21) detection is confirmed.
(An Alarm *3 is generated when the storage rack presence sensor (S21) can not detect.)
● Repeat run rack feed operation prohibition conditions

(1) At the time of storage rack presence sensor (S21) detection before operation start
(2) When there is no push-out position sensor (S25) detection before operation start
■ Rack transfer from the repeat run rack evacuation position to the rack storage position
 After detection of the rack by the storage rack presence sensor (S21), evacuation of the CE rack push-out
mechanism is confirmed (explained in detail in the CE items), and the rack stopper is pushed out into the
transfer path.
 The repeat run belt feed motor (M7) rotates for 1290 P (required movement distance : 141 mm, 866 P) in CCW
direction when facing the motor shaft and moves the rack to the storage position.
 After completion of CE operation (explained in detail in the CE item), the rack stopper is returned.
(Operation pulse rate : 860 PPS, rack movement speed : 140.18 mm/sec.)

(1) Repeat run rack passage sensor (S27) detection before start of operation
(2) No standby position sensor (S24) detection before start of operation
(3) Rack full sensor (S26) detection before start of operation
B14 Operation process CD (Repeat run line) em514b1402.docx B14-2

■ Movement from the repeat run rack evacuation position to the rack feed unit
(Movement method when there are repeat run samples in the rack)
 After detection of the rack by the storage rack presence sensor (S21), evacuation of the CE rack push-out
mechanism is confirmed (explained in detail in the CE item), the repeat run belt feed motor (M7) rotates for
2322 P (required movement distance : 211.2 mm, 1296) in CCW direction when facing the motor shaft and
moves the rack to the CA rack reception position.
 After operation completion, the repeat run rack arrival sensor (S28) is detected.
(An Alarm *3 is generated when repeat run rack arrival sensor (S28) detection is not possible.)

(1) Repeat run rack passage sensor (S27) detection before start of operation
(2) No standby position sensor (S24) detection before start of operation
(3) No rack reception pitch sensor (S2) detection before start of operation
(4) Repeat run rack arrival sensor (S28) detection before start of operation

Operation consolidation CD (Repeat run line unit)

1. Belt
Motor : Pulse motor (W1 - 2 PHASE constant speed)
Rotation direction : CCW
■ Pulse rate : 860 PPS

■ Pulse number
As pulse number specification is not possible for the belt, ON-OFF is controlled by time. Refer to the measuring
time chart for the individual times.
■ Sensor
None.
Note : As pulse number specification is not possible for the belt, ON-OFF is controlled by time. Refer
to the measuring time chart for the individual times.

B15 Configuration of CE (Rack push out) B15-1
● CE unit configuration

Rack push out unit M8 Rack push out motor
S24 Stand by position sensor
S25 Push out position sensor
S26 Rack full sensor
B15 Configuration of CE (Rack push out) em514b1501.docx B15-1

B15 Operation process CE (Rack push out) B15-2
Alarm Types
 Alarm *1 : Shifting to MEASURE2 is done independent of automatic reanalysis. In this case, direct restart is
not possible.
 Alarm *2 : With automatic reanalysis : PULSE (remove the respective rack and start again)
 Alarm *3 : Shift to MEASURE2. In this case, direct restart is not possible.
 Alarm *4 : Only alarm. Analysis operation is continued.
CE (rack push-out unit)

● Movement from the origin
 The rack push-out motor (M8) operates for max. 800 P in CW direction.
 When the standby position sensor (S24) is detected during operation, it feeds for another 15 P and stops.
(Operation pulse rate : 400 PPS, rack movement speed : 400 mm/sec.)
 Next, the rack push-out motor (M8) operates for 260 P in CCW direction.
(Push-out position)
2. Rack storage operation

● Movement from the rack storage position to the rack storage unit
 The presence of a rack at the rack evacuation position is detected by the storage rack presence sensor (S21), and
when there is a rack, the rack push-out motor (M8) operates for 260 P in CW direction.
(Operation pulse rate : 400 PPS, rack movement speed : 40 mm/sec., push-out lever movement amount : 25 mm,
260 P)
(An Alarm *3 is generated when standby position sensor (S24) detection is not possible after the operation.)
** In case of Reanalysis YES **

 The reanalysis belt operates and moves the rack to the CA rack reception position. After rack passage, the rack
push-out motor (M8) operates for 260 P in CCW direction.
(Operation pulse rate : 400 PPS, rack movement speed : 40 mm/sec., push-out lever movement amount : 25 mm,
260P)
** In case of Reanalysis NO **
 The reanalysis belt operates and the rack is stopped at the storage position. After each stop, the rack push-out
motor (M8) rotates for 260 P in CCW direction.
(Operation pulse rate : P/S, rack movement speed : mm/sec., push-out lever movement amount : 25 mm, 251 P)
● Rack storage operation prohibition condition

(1) Rack full sensor (S26) detection before start of operation.
B15 Operation process CE (Rack push out) em514b1502.docx B15-2

Operation consolidation CE (rack push-out unit)

● Mechanical composition
Motor : Pulse motor (W1 - 2 PHASE constant speed)
● Pulse rate
Constant pulse rate : 400 PPS
● Pulse number
Origin movement : 800 pulses
Movement from the origin : 400 pulses
Pull-in position  Push-out position : 260 pulses
● Sensor
Push-out position : For push-out position confirmation
Pull-in position : Immediate stop after sensor detection, then movement for 15 P in CCW direction.
(Only at the time of initialization)

N Unit Sym Electrical system N Unit Symb Electrical system

O bol O ol
1 Rack M1 Rack vertical feed motor 3 Rack M6 Re-run rack vertical feed motor
feed S1 Rack feed pitch sensor buffer S17 Rack arrival sensor
unit, S2 Rack receive pitch sensor unit, S18 Re-run rack receive pitch sensor
CA S3 Rack presence sensor CC S19 Re-run rack feed pitch sensor
S4 Rack identification sensor 1 4 Repeat M7 Re-run belt feed motor
S5 Rack identification sensor 2 run line M13 Rack stopper sensor
S6 Rack identification sensor 3 unit, S20 Re-run rack detection sensor
S28 Re-run rack arrival sensor CD S21 Storage rack presence sensor
2 Rack M2 Belt feed motor S27 Storage rack pass sensor
feed M3 ID mirror rotation motor 5 Rack M8 Rack push out motor
unit, M4 Pawl feed motor 1 (ID) push out S24 Stand by position sensor
CB M5 Pawl feed motor 2 (S) unit, S25 Push out position sensor
S7 Rack detection sensor CE S26 Rack full sensor
S8 Sample cup detection sensor
S9 ID mirror origin sensor
S10 ID mirror stop position sensor
S11 Pawl feed origin 1 sensor (ID)
S14 Pawl feed origin 2 (S)
S16 Rack stepping detection sensor

B16 Configuration of DA (Reagent fridge) B16-1
 DA unit configuration
B16 Configuration of DA (Reagent fridge) em514b1601.docx B16-1

B16 Operation process (Reagent fridge) B16-2
■ DA unit configuration
B16 Operation process (Reagent fridge) em514b1602.docx B16-2

1. Outline of the composition

The reagent storage refrigerator is cooled by circulating water. The cooling water cooled by the cooling unit (1) is
fed by the magnet pump (2) sequentially to the reagent storage refrigerator (3) and the storage STAT (4), and the
inside of the storage refrigerator is cooled by the cooling water flowing through the double walls of the storage
refrigerator.
The opening of the storage refrigerator is covered by the lid (5) to prevent entry of heat, reagent evaporation, and
entry of foreign matter. The cover has a hole at the reagent aspiration position, and at the time of reagent aspiration,
the respective reagent moves to the aspiration position, and the reagent probe performs reagent aspiration through
the hole.
2. Reagent bottle transfer

The reagent bottle (6) is set at any position on the circular reagent tray (7) (outer circumference : 36, inner
circumference : 36), and reagent is transferred to the reagent aspiration position by rotating the tray. The reagent
tray is rotated by the stepping motor (8) via a gear. The reagent tray is reset to the origin position by the origin
sensor (9), and the stop position for each reagent is confirmed by the stop position confirmation sensor (10). There
are two types of the stop position confirmation sensor, one for reagents on the outer circumference and one for
reagents on the inner circumference, and sensors corresponding to the respective settings are used.
3. Reagent ID check
A transparent glass window is on the side of the reagent storage, and a plane emission bar code reader (11) and the
projection part of a transmission-type bottle presence detection sensor (12) are installed there. The light reception
part of the transmission-type bottle presence detection sensor is on the rotation axis of the reagent tray.
Reagent ID checking is performed at the time of equipment start and at the time of reagent check execution. When a
reagent bottle rotates and comes to the window, the bottle presence detection sensor checks for the presence of a
bottle. When a bottle is detected, the bar code reader operates and the ID is read.
Bottle detection  Reader light emission (1 sec.)  0.4 s after start of light emission, movement for 44 pulses at
82 PPS and execution of moving reading for 0.6 sec.  Movement to the next bottle
The reagent ID reading window is heated by a heater to prevent condensation.
■ Reagent bar code specifications ( Japan )

● Bar code symbols
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)
● Data character length

(1) Complete code
All 17 digits (data) + 1 digit (check digit)
18 digits fixed length
(2) Partial code
Leading 7 digits (data) + 1 digit (check digit)
8 digits fixed length
* The calculation method for the check digit shall be the standard ITF method.
● Bar module
Narrow bars  0.3 mm
Ratio between narrow and wide bars = 1 : 3 (1 : 2.5 to 1 : 3)
4. Reagent tray resetting

The tray is rotated at 600 PPS in CCW direction, and after the origin sensor detects the notch, it stops after
movement for 20 pulses. When the origin is detected at the start of resetting, rotation is made for 100 pulses in CW
direction to move away from the origin, and then the above resetting operation is performed.
(Maximum movement : 9728 pulses)

5. Operation at the time of analysis

The respective reagent bottles are transferred to the reagent aspiration position according to the analysis item
information. At this time, the rotation direction is decided so that the shortest rotation is realized. When a reagent
bottle has been brought to the aspiration position, the stop position confirmation sensor corresponding to the reagent
tray type confirms the disk notch, and when the notch has been confirmed, reagent aspiration is started.
6. Reagent cooling operation

The cooling unit using a Peltier element is energized at all times, the cooling fluid is circulated at all times by the
pump, and the reagent storage refrigerator is cooled.
The cooling water temperature is detected by the thermistor installed in the reagent storage refrigerator, and the
cooler is controlled proportionally to this temperature.
Reagent cooling temperature : 4 to 12C (ambient temperature : 18 to 32C)

B17 Configuration of DC (Cooling sampler) B17-1
 DC unit configuration
B17 Configuration of DC (Cooling sampler) em514b1701.docx B17-1

B17 Outline diagram (Cooling sampler) B17-2
 DC unit configuration
B17 Outline diagram (Cooling sampler) em514b1702.docx B17-2

B17 Operation process DC (Cooling sampler) B17-3
1. Drive section
The table on which the samples are set rotates together with the rotation axis. This rotation axis is driven by a pulse
motor installed on the base plate via a single-step gear.
Rotation position detection is performed by a disk with a position notch on the gear part and a photo interrupter.
There are two photo interrupters, one for the origin and one for stop position confirmation.
2. Storage refrigerator
The table rotates in the storage refrigerator made of SUS304. This storage refrigerator has a double construction,
and cooling fluid flows through the inside.
The fluid for the reagent storage refrigerator is circulated for cooling.
The outside of the storage refrigerator is covered with thermal insulation material to prevent condensation and
temperature rise.
The top of the storage refrigerator is covered by the removable covers 1 and 2.
A reed switch is used to detect whether lid 1 has been set or not.
When covers 1 and 2 both are removed, the entire top of the table becomes open, and when only the cover 2 is
removed, STAT samples can be set without having to open the upper cover of the operation surface.
3. Sample cup detection

The presence of sample cups on the table is detected through the glass by a reflection-type photoelectric sensor
installed on the outside of the storage refrigerator.
Sample cup detection is performed only for cups on the outer circumference of the table.
4. Sample ID
The bar code attached to the sample cup on the table is read through the glass by the bar code reader installed on the
outside of the storage refrigerator. Moving reading is performed for one sample. ID reading is performed only for
cups on the outer circumference of the tray.
For prevention of reading errors, the glass surface is heated by a heater to prevent condensation.
5. Lid opening detection

A reed switch is installed on the lid and lid opening is detected. The purposes of lid opening detection are :
(1) Prevention of probe destruction from incorrect lid installation
(2) Lid opening detection for resetting and ID reading after sample exchange
(3) Prevention of temperature rise when there is no lid at the start of measuring
6. Switches
Refer to the STAT measuring item in the operation explanations in the following.
7. Brushes for removal of antistatic charges

Brushes for removal of antistatic charges causing erroneous operation are installed on the inner and outer
circumferences of the table.
B17 Operation process DC (Cooling sampler) em514b1703.docx B17-3

8. Cup position
Each cup position at the origin position after resetting
(1) Outside of STAT table is located that the 1st position is located at lid portion like the below figure.
(2) Inside of STAT table is located like that W1 liquid is in the aspiration position.
Position Aspira ID Cup

tion presen
ce
Table Inside 1 2 4 12 14 16 17 18 20 22
number Outside U-H U-L W1 W2 CLE S-H S-L
AN Na- K-
SEL SEL

1. Operation type
■ The unit has the following five operation types.
The rotation direction is the direction seen from the shaft side of the motor, and the actual table rotation is in the
opposite direction.
● Resetting operation
Operation for movement to the origin at the time of initialization and resetting
(1) When the origin sensor is ON at the time of start, movement away from the origin is performed for 110 pulses
in CCW direction.
(2) Rotation at fixed speed is made in CW direction, and the movement stops when the origin sensor becomes ON.
(3) Further rotation is made for 14 pulses in CW direction to prevent chattering, and this position is taken as the
origin.
● ID reading operation
Checking for the presence of sample cups on the table and ID reading are performed at the same time.
(1) After confirmation that the stop position sensor is ON at the time of start, the bar code reader emits light. Cup
presence detection is performed at the same time.
(2) The motor is rotated at low fixed speed in CW direction and the bar code reader emits light for 1 sec. to
prevent reading failure.
(3) After stopping once, the motor rotates in CW direction, the next sample is read in the same way, and this is
done for all 22 samples.
● Measuring operation
Operation for measuring QC, ISE, CAL, detergent washing, RB, and STAT samples
(1) After confirmation that the stop position sensor is ON, rotation in CW direction is performed until the
specified sample reaches the aspiration position and stops there.
(2) After stop, the stop position sensor is checked, and correct rotation is confirmed.
● Table rotation operation
Rotation operation while the table rotation switch is pressed
(1) When the switch is pressed, the table rotates for 72 in CCW direction (the motor rotates for 396 in CW
direction). (Return to the original position is obtained by pressing the switch five times.)
(2) After stop, the motor energization is cut.
● Diagnosis rotation operation
The following four diagnosis types are performed in the same way as for the AU600.
(1) Resetting operation
(2) Stopped bar code reading operation
(3) Moving bar code reading operation
(4) Specified cup rotation operation

2. STAT measuring
■ The STAT measuring procedure is outlined in the following.
● Switch LEDs
The following switches and LEDs are installed near the unit.
(1) SET LED ---------------- This LED indicates that the table is not rotating automatically and that the user can
set samples onto the table.
Lit : Sample setting is possible.
Flashing : Shifting between sample setting possible and sample setting impossible
(confirmation indication for the STAT switch being held down)
Not lit : Sample setting is not possible.
(2) END LED ---------------- LED indicating that sample aspiration for the STAT samples on the table has been
completed.
Lit : Sample aspiration for the STAT samples on the table has been completed.
Not lit : Sample aspiration for the STAT samples on the table has not been completed.
(STAT samples on the table may not be removed or added.)
(3) STAT switch ------------ This is pressed to switch from sample setting impossible to sample setting possible,
from sample setting possible to sample setting impossible, and to start STAT
measuring.
This is just a push switch, and it has no built-in LED.
(4) STAT ROT switch ----- This switch is pressed to rotate the table for the desired angle to set a sample to a
desired position.
This switch is accepted only when the SET LED is lit.
This is just a push switch, and it has no built-in LED.
(It is also used as DIAG, ISE priming switch.)
With conventional equipment a lit built-in LED indicated that the switch could be pressed, and in this case the SET
LED and the END LED would have a different meaning with a built-in LED.
For this reason the LED was not built in, but arranged separately.

■ STAT procedure
Operation procedure SET LED END LED
Not lit Lit
1 Press the STAT switch (Note 1). Flashing 
(Wait until sample aspiration for R1 dispensing has been completed.)  
2 Confirm that the SET LED is lit. Lit 
3 Open the small cover of the STAT section and remove any remaining STAT  
samples which already have been measured from the table. (Note 2) (Note 3) (Note 3)
4 Set the STAT samples onto the table and set the small cover. (Note 2)  
5 Press the STAT switch. Flashing Not lit
(Performing of resetting, ID reading, cup detection operation)  
(Start of STAT measuring) (Note 4) (Note 5) Not lit 
(STAT sample aspiration completion)  Lit
(STAT measuring completion)  
(Continued measuring of samples on the rack or QC, CAL) (Note 6)  
6 Confirm that the END LED lights and that STAT sample measuring has been  
completed.
7 Press the STAT switch. (Note 6) Flashing 
(Wait until completion of sample aspiration for the R1 dispensing samples.)  
8 Confirm lighting of the SET LED. Lit 
9 Open the small cover of the STAT section and remove all measured STAT  
samples from the table.
10 Set the small cover.  
11 Press the STAT switch. Flashing 
(Performing of resetting, ID reading, cup detection operation)  
(As there are no STAT samples on the table, rack sample measuring or QC, CAL Not lit 
is performed.Not lit
Note : 1. Not accepted when manual operation (washing, ISE priming, etc.) using the STAT table has
been performed during STANDBY. Wait until completion of the manual operation.
In normal STANDBY condition other than the above, the SET LED is lit and the operation
starts form 2.
2. At this time, the table can be rotated by pressing the STAT ROT switch.
3. When the END LED is not lit, STAT sample measuring is performed and the STAT samples
on the table may not be removed or changed to prevent erroneous sampling.
4. When STAT interruption has been performed during measuring of samples on the STAT
table (QC, A-CAL, etc.), or when this operation timings occur during STAT, these will be
measured first and then STAT measuring will be performed.
5. Analysis of STAT samples set on the STAT table is performed in order of the position
numbers.
6. When STAT measuring has been performed during STANDBY, the unit returns to standby
after STAT measuring, so that the operation of 7 is not required.

B18 Configuration of FA (S probe transfer) B18-1
 FA unit configuration
B18 Configuration of FA (S probe transfer) em514b1801.docx B18-1

B18 Outline diagram FA (S probe transfer) B18-2
 FA unit configuration
B18 Outline diagram FA (S probe transfer) em514b1802.docx B18-2

 FA unit configuration ( ECR 514-0048 adapted )

 FA unit configuration ( ECR 514-0081 adapted )

B18 Operation process FA (S probe transfer) B18-5
1. Composition Outline
1.1 Rotation Mechanism
The arm (3) is installed on the ball spline shaft (8).
The ball spline shaft (8) is held by the spline bushing (9), and vertical movement is free, but rotation is restricted by
the pulley (5). The pulley (5) is held by bearings at the top and the bottom, and even when there is belt tension, the
movement of the ball spline shaft (8) is not influenced.
The ball spline shaft (8) is driven by the rotation motor (4) via the timing belt pulley. The rotation motor (4) is a 5-
phase pulse motor to stand up to high-speed rotation. The stop position of the rotation movement is decided by the
number of pulses from the origin, and the stop position is confirmed by the rotation position sensor (1) and the
sensor plate (2) with a notched disk.
1.2 Mechanism for Vertical Movement

The change nut (10) is installed on the vertical movement base (11), and the vertical movement base (11) moves
vertically when the change screw (10) rotates. The change screw (10) is connected to the vertical movement motor
(14) via the coupling (13) and is driven by the vertical movement motor (14). The vertical movement motor (14) is a
two-phase pulse motor.
The ball spline shaft (8) is installed with a thrust bearing on the vertical movement base (11) so that it can rotate
freely, and it moves vertically following the vertical movement of the vertical movement base (11). The linear
bushing (9) also is installed on the vertical movement base (11), and as this is guided by the linear shaft (12), the
vertical movement base (11) does not become inclined by the play of the change nut (10) during vertical movement.
The top point of the probe is where the sensor plate (7) interrupts the top point sensor (6).
The descent confirmation sensor installed on the AU600 has been omitted, and the collision detection sensor added
for the AU400 is used to detect probe contact with the cap when operation is made with installed bottle cap etc.
1.3 Arm Section

The arm (b) is made of aluminum, and the liquid level detection plate (e) is installed on the inside of the arm. The
holder (l) is installed on the arm via the insulation plate (j), and it is made of stainless steel. The collision sensor flag
(g) is installed on the holder (l), and when the S probe (m) collides, the collision sensor flag comes off the collision
detection sensor.
S probe (m) installation is done by inserting the S probe (m) into the holder (l), connecting it to the piping via the
rubber tube (d) with T-holder (h) and setscrew (i), and fixing the S probe (m). At this time, the S probe (m) and the
holder (l) are connected electrically.
B18 Operation process FA (S probe transfer) em514b1803.docx B18-5

2. Operation Explanation
2.1 Initialization Operation
(1) Movement away from the top point
When the top point is detected at the time of initialization start, descent for 150 P is made after rotation
initialization. (1000 PPS)
(2) Top point origin operation
Rise is performed at 1000 PPS is made, and stop is performed after rise for 20 P after the top point sensor
becomes ON.
(3) Movement away from the rotation origin
When the origin is detected at the time of initialization start, CW rotation is performed for 200 P. (1000 PPS)
(4) Rotation origin operation
CCW rotation is performed until 1000 PPS, and after origin sensor ON, stop is performed at the first phase
origin.
(5) Washing position rotation operation
Acceleration and deceleration operation in CW direction to the washing position
1) Washing position vertical movement
After descent for 432 P from the washing position, rise is performed with 1000 PPS, and stop is
performed after rise for 20 P after the top point sensor becomes ON.
(6) Liquid level detection check operation (only at the start of measuring operation)
Probe washing water (inside, outside) is discharged, the probe is lowered by 24 mm, and operation of the
liquid level check sensor is confirmed. Afterwards, the probe rises to the top point.
2.2 Dispensing Sequence Operation

 Descent from the washing position top point to the washing position bottom point
 Washing operation
 After rise for 2 mm during washing operation, rise to the washing position top point after a fixed time
 When the top point sensor is ON, rotation (acceleration and deceleration operation) to the sample aspiration
position (rack, STAT)
In case of the RACK position
When the rotation position sensor is ON, descent and deceleration stop after liquid level detection.
In case of STAT, ISE STD
When the STAT position sensor is ON, descent and deceleration stop after liquid level detection.
 Sample aspiration operation
 5 mm (90 P) constant speed rise
 Dummy discharge operation
 Rise to the top point (acceleration and deceleration operation)
 When the top point sensor is ON, rotation (acceleration and deceleration operation) to the sample discharge
position (cuvette, ISE)
In case of the cuvette position
When the cuvette position sensor is ON and the cuvette wheel access prohibition signal is OFF, descent to the
specified height.
In case of the ISE position
Descent when the rotation position sensor is ON
 Sample discharge
 When the top point sensor is ON, rotation to the washing position (acceleration and deceleration operation)

*In regard to the probe descent amount in the cuvette

The probe descent amount in the cuvette at the time of sample discharge is varied from 22 to 36 mm according
to the total dispensing amount (R1 + sample).
Background : With the AU800, there was the problem that when the reagent (sample) was discharged in the
cuvette, the reagent (sample) splashed, became attached to the inner wall of the cuvette, and the
reaction showed anomalies when the adhering reagent (sample) became mixed with the reaction
fluid during the reaction. In order to prevent this trouble, the probe descent amount is changed
according to the total dispensing amount.
3. Motor Drive Specifications

● Rotation motor
Step angle : 0.12/step
Start pulse rate : 400 PPS
High-speed pulse rate : 5000 PPS
Acceleration pulse number : 400 P
● Vertical movement motor

Step angle : 0.0555 mm/step
50 P (at the time of washing position rise and at the time of sample position
descent)
Fixed-speed pulse rate : 1000 PPS (at the time of sample position 90 Prise)
4. Rotation Sensors
Normal stop position Special stop position
Origin sensor
sensor sensor
Sample aspiration position (rack) ●  
Washing position  ● 
Sample discharge position (cuvette)   ●
Dilution sample aspiration position   ●
Sample discharge position (ISE)  ● 
Sample aspiration position (STAT)  ● 
Detergent, STD aspiration position  ● 
●:Detection,  : No Detection

5. Pre-Diludtion table
Pre-Dilution Sample Dilution Total Pre-Dilution Sample Dilution Total

Rate Volume Volume Volume Rate Volume Volume Volume
1 - - - 51 5 250 255
2 - - - 52 5 255 260
3 - - - 53 5 260 265
4 - - - 54 5 265 270
5 48 192 240 55 5 270 275
6 40 200 240 56 5 275 280
7 35 210 245 57 5 280 285
8 30 210 240 58 5 285 290
9 27 216 243 59 5 290 295
10 24 216 240 60 4 236 240
11 22 220 242 61 4 240 244
12 20 220 240 62 4 244 248
13 19 228 247 63 4 248 252
14 18 234 252 64 4 252 256
15 16 224 240 65 4 256 260
16 15 225 240 66 4 260 264
17 15 240 255 67 4 264 268
18 14 238 252 68 4 268 272
19 13 234 247 69 4 272 276
20 12 228 240 70 4 276 280
21 12 240 252 71 4 280 284
22 11 231 242 72 4 284 288
23 11 242 253 73 4 288 292
24 10 230 240 74 4 292 296
25 10 240 250 75 4 296 300
26 10 250 260 76 3.5 263 266.5
27 9 234 243 77 3.5 266 269.5
28 9 243 252 78 3.5 270 273.5
29 9 252 261 79 3.5 273 276.5
30 8 232 240 80 3 237 240
31 8 240 248 81 3 240 243
32 8 248 256 82 3 243 246
33 8 256 264 83 3 246 249
34 8 264 272 84 3 249 252
35 7 238 245 85 3 252 255
36 7 245 252 86 3 255 258
37 7 252 259 87 3 258 261
38 7 259 266 88 3 261 264
39 7 266 273 89 3 264 267
40 6 234 240 90 3 267 270
41 6 240 246 91 3 270 273
42 6 246 252 92 3 273 276
43 6 252 258 93 3 276 279
44 6 258 264 94 3 279 282
45 6 264 270 95 3 282 285
46 6 270 276 96 3 285 288
47 6 276 282 97 3 288 291
48 5 235 240 98 3 291 294
49 5 240 245 99 3 294 297
50 5 245 250 100 3 297 300

B19 Configuration of FB (Cuvette wash) B19-1
 FB unit configuration
B19 Configuration of FB (Cuvette wash) em514b1901.docx B19-1

B19 Operation process FB (Cuvette wash) B19-2
1. Cuvette Washing Operation

Cuvette washing is done by injection and aspiration of detergent and washing water (ion exchange water) while the
nozzle is inserted into the cuvette.
(1) At the first nozzle section, the mixture in the cuvette is aspirated and the detergent A is injected.
(2) At the nozzle section 2, the detergent A is aspirated and the detergent B is injected.
(3) At the nozzle section 3, the detergent B is aspirated and constant temperature water (ion exchange water) is
injected into the cuvette.
(4) At the nozzle section 4, the above constant temperature water is aspirated and constant temperature water (ion
exchange water) is injected into the cuvette.
(7) At the nozzle section 7, the above constant temperature water is aspirated.
(8) At the nozzle section 8, the water droplets adhering to the inner wall of the cuvette are aspirated and the inside
of the cuvette is dried.
2. Unit Operation
Vertical movement of the nozzle (01) is performed by running the pulse motor (02) with gear head (in the following
called motor) in forward or reverse direction. The gear ratio is 1/20, and the output shaft turns in the opposite
direction of the motor. The disk (05) is installed on the output shaft, and the disk has the bearing (06) and a notch on
the outer circumference.
The top point sensor (03) is installed for nozzle top point stop.
When the output shaft rotates in clockwise direction, the nozzle rises, and it stops at the specified phase origin after
the top point sensor (03) detects the notch.
Nozzle descent stops after rotation of the output shaft for the specified number of pulses in counterclockwise
direction. The slider (07) is fixed to the LM guide (08), and it slides vertically along the LM guide rail (09).
The slider (07) is bent in L-shape. The dead weight of the slider, the weight of nozzle mounting plate (10), mounting
screws (11), etc., and the tensile force of the spring (12) act onto this part,and this weight acts onto the bearing (06).
Accordingly, when the output shaft is rotated in clockwise direction, the nozzle rises because the slider (07), the
nozzle mounting plate (10), and the nozzle holder (14) are raised via the bearing (06), and it descends with
counterclockwise rotation.
The nozzle is fixed to the nozzle guide (13), and the nozzle guide (13) is installed on the nozzle holder (14).
The spring (15) is installed between the nozzle holder (14) and the nozzle guide (13), and when the nozzle reaches
the bottom of the cuvette, the nozzle holder descends another 2 mm and stops. At this time, the spring (15) is
compressed, and the nozzles 1 to 8 all are pushed against the bottom of the cuvette. At this time, the slider (07)
comes into contact with the stopper (17) and the downward movement is stopped.
The slider (07) has a notch, and when the above descent operation is performed smoothly, the bottom point sensor
(16) detects the notch and washing detergent and constant temperature water are injected into the cuvette through all
nozzles.
When a nozzle gets caught by the wheel etc., the descent of the slider (07) stops, and as the notch does not reach the
bottom point sensor, washing liquid is not injected.
B19 Operation process FB (Cuvette wash) em514b1902.docx B19-2

B19 Operation process FB (Cuvette wash) B19-3
3. Sequence Operation Outline

The vertical operation of the cuvette washing unit has the following two basic sequences.
(1) Sequence with high-speed vertical movement at the time of normal analysis operation etc.
(2) Sequence with slow descent operation because there is liquid in the cuvette at the drying tip insertion position
before start of analysis and high-speed operation in the same way as during analysis operation at the time of
rise.
● Analysis Operation (refer to A. Analysis Operation)
When the cuvette wheel stops rotation (for 2.7 sec.), the cuvette washing unit descends and the nozzles 1 to 8 are
inserted into the cuvette.
Each aspiration nozzle starts aspiration at the time of descent and sucks the liquid from the cuvette.
Nozzle 7 is only for aspiration, and the residual fluid is sucked in by the drying tip of nozzle 8. Aspiration stops
before descent stops, and directly afterwards, detergent A is injected through nozzle 1, detergent B is injected
through nozzle 2, and constant temperature water is injected through nozzles 3 to 6, each for the specified time.
At this time, the liquid exceeding the specified amount (about 800 L at 27 mm from the cuvette bottom) is
sucked off by the overflow nozzle.
After rise, the liquid in each nozzle is sucked in for 0.4 sec. to prevent dripping. Directly after the rise, the
cuvette wheel rotates for 60 Cuv, after stop it rotates for another 27 Cuv and stops, the process shifts to the next
cycle, and the above operations are repeated.
● Cuvette Washing Low-speed Descent Operation

(refer to B1 Aspiration Operation for the Liquid in the Cuvette)
The cuvette washing nozzles descend at high speed to the upper part of the cuvette, and then they descend slowly
while aspirating the fluid in the cuvette, including the drying tip.
Nozzle rise is performed at high speed in the same way as during analysis operation. Shifting to the next cycle is
done after rise completion.
● Detergent A Injection Stop Operation (W1 completion operation)

(refer to C-2 Detergent A Injection Stop Operation)
The cuvette washing nozzles operate with the same timing as at the time of analysis operation.
However, the detergent A injection valve does not operate at the time of detergent injection, and detergent B and
constant temperature water are injected. This operation is repeated for four cycles.
● Detergent A and B Injection Stop Operation (W1 completion operation)

(refer to C-3 Detergent B Injection Stop Operation)
The cuvette washing nozzles operate with the same timing as at the time of analysis operation. However, the
detergent A and B injection valves do not operate at the time of detergent injection, and only constant
temperature water is injected. This operation is repeated for 16 cycles.
● Detergent Injection Stop Operation (W1 completion operation)

(refer to C-4 Detergent Injection Stop Operation)
The cuvette washing nozzles operate with the same timing as at the time of analysis operation. However, the
detergent A and B injection valves and the washing water injection valve do not operate, and only aspiration is
performed. This operation is repeated for 20 cycles.
B19 Operation process FB (Cuvette wash) em514b1902.docx B19-3

B20 Configuration of FC (Mixing unit) B20-1
 FC unit configuration
 Cross section
 Top surface
B20 Configuration of FC (Mixing unit) em514b2001.docx B20-1

B20 Configuration of FC (Mixing unit) B20-2
 FC unit configuration
 Cross section
 Stop position after an initialization

No.1 Head stops on the cuvette wheel after initialization.
B20 Configuration of FC (Mixing unit) em514b2001.docx B20-2

B21 Configuration of FD (R probe transfer) B21-1
■ FD unit configuration
B21 Configuration of FD (R probe transfer) em514b2101.docx B21-1

■ FD unit configuration

■ FD unit configuration (ECR 514-0066 adapted)

■ FD unit configuration (ECR 514-0081 adapted)

B21 Operation process FD (R probe transfer) B21-5
1. Composition Outline
1.1 Rotation Mechanism
The arm (3) is installed on the ball spline shaft (8).
The ball spline shaft (8) is held by the spline bushing (9), and vertical movement is free, but rotation is restricted by
the pulley (5). The pulley (5) is held by bearings at the top and the bottom, and even when there is belt tension, the
movement of the ball spline shaft (8) is not influenced.
The ball spline shaft (8) is driven by the rotation motor (4) via the timing belt pulley. The rotation motor (4) is a 5-
phase pulse motor to stand up to high-speed rotation. The stop position of the rotation movement is decided by the
number of pulses from the origin, and the stop position is confirmed by the rotation position sensor (1) and the
sensor plate (2) with a notched disk.
1.2 Mechanism for Vertical Movement

The change nut (10) is installed on the vertical movement base (11), and the vertical movement base (11) moves
vertically when the change screw (10) rotates. The change screw (10) is connected to the vertical movement motor
(14) via the coupling (13) and is driven by the vertical movement motor (14). The vertical movement motor (14) is a
two-phase pulse motor.
The ball spline shaft (8) is installed with a thrust bearing on the vertical movement base (11) so that it can rotate
freely, and it moves vertically following the vertical movement of the vertical movement base (11). The linear
bushing (9) also is installed on the vertical movement base (11), and as this is guided by the linear shaft (12), the
vertical movement base (11) does not become inclined by the play of the change nut (10) during vertical movement.
The top point of the probe is where the sensor plate (7) interrupts the top point sensor (6).
The descent confirmation sensor installed on the AU600 has been omitted, and the collision detection sensor added
for the AU400 is used to detect probe contact with the cap when operation is made with installed bottle cap etc.
1.3 Arm Section

The arm (b) is made of aluminum, and the liquid level detection plate (e) is installed on the inside of the arm. The
holder (l) is installed on the arm via the insulation plate (j), and it is made of stainless steel. The collision sensor flag
(g) is installed on the holder (l), and when the S probe (m) collides, the collision sensor flag comes off the collision
detection sensor.
S probe (m) installation is done by inserting the S probe (m) into the holder (l), connecting it to the piping via the
rubber tube (d) with T-holder (h) and setscrew (i), and fixing the S probe (m). At this time, the S probe (m) and the
holder (l) are connected electrically.
B21 Operation process FD (R probe transfer) em514b2102.docx B21-5

2. Operation Explanation
2.1 Initialization Operation
(1) Movement away from the top point
When the top point is detected at the time of initialization start, descent for 150 P is made after rotation
initialization. (1000 PPS)
(2) Top point origin operation
Rise is performed at 1000 PPS is made, and stop is performed after rise for 20 P after the top point sensor
becomes ON.
(3) Movement away from the rotation origin
When the origin is detected at the time of initialization start, CCW rotation is performed for 200 P. (1000 PPS)
(4) Rotation origin operation
CW rotation is performed until 1000 PPS, and after origin sensor ON, stop is performed at the first phase
origin.
(5) Washing position rotation operation
Acceleration and deceleration operation in CCW direction to the washing position
1) Washing position vertical movement
After descent for 432 P from the washing position, rise is performed with 1000 PPS, and stop is
performed after rise for 20 P after the top point sensor becomes ON.
(6) Liquid level detection check operation (only at the start of measuring operation)
Probe washing water (inside, outside) is discharged, the probe is lowered by 24 mm, and operation of the
liquid level check sensor is confirmed. Afterwards, the probe rises to the top point.
2.2 Dispensing Sequence Operation

 Descent from the washing position top point to the washing position bottom point
 Washing operation
 After rise for 2 mm during washing operation, rise to the washing position top point after a fixed time
 When the top point sensor is ON, rotation (acceleration and deceleration operation) to the reagent aspiration
position.
 Reagent aspiration operation
 5.6 mm (100 P) constant speed rise
 When the top point sensor is ON, rotation (acceleration and deceleration operation) to the reagent discharge
position (cuvette)
 Reagent discharge
 When the top point sensor is ON, rotation to the washing position (acceleration and deceleration operation)

* In regard to the probe descent amount in the cuvette

The probe descent amount in the cuvette at the time of sample discharge is varied from 22 to 35 mm according
to the total dispensing amount (R1 + R2 + sample).
Background : With the AU800, there was the problem that when the reagent (sample) was discharged in the
cuvette, the reagent (sample) splashed, became attached to the inner wall of the cuvette, and the
reaction showed anomalies when the adhering reagent (sample) became mixed with the reaction
fluid during the reaction. In order to prevent this trouble, the probe descent amount is changed
according to the total dispensing amount.
3. Motor Drive Specifications

● Rotation motor
Step angle : 0.12/step
● Vertical movement motor

Step angle : 0.0555 mm/step
50 P (at the time of washing position rise and at the time of sample position
descent)
Fixed-speed pulse rate : 1000 PPS (at the time of sample position 100 P rise)
4. Rotation Sensors
Sensors for
Origin Normal stop position Special stop position
Reagent discharge position (Cuvette)   
Wash position   
Dilution water aspiration position   
Reagent aspiration positon 1 (outside)   
Reagent aspiration positon 2 (inside)   
:Detection :No detection

B22 Configuration of GA (Incubation bath) B22-1
■ GA unit configuration
B22 Configuration of GA (Incubation bath) em514b2201.docx B22-1

■ GA unit configuration

B22 Operation process GA (Incubation bath) B22-3
1. Cuvette Transfer
The cuvette wheel (2) holding the cuvette (1) is installed removably on the internal gear (4) supported by the bearing
(3).
The internal gear (4) is composed of the engaged intermediate gear (5) and the small gear (6), and the small gear (6)
is installed on the drive motor (7).
The origin position and the stop confirmation positions (88 positions) of the cuvette wheel (2) are detected by the
photo switches (8) and (9) and the detection plate (10) fixed to the internal gear (4). The drive motor (7) uses a pulse
motor, and the sampling start point and each stop position with densitometry during rotation are managed by the
number of pulses from the origin position.
2. Incubation
The cuvette incubation method is an air bath method.
The constant temperature liquid (12) in the incubator (11) is circulated in the incubator in arrow direction by the
circulation pump (13). The lamp housing (14) is included in the circulation path, so that the lamp also is kept at a
constant temperature by the constant temperature liquid. The condenser (15) also is in the piping, and the constant
temperature liquid is cooled by blowing external air onto the condenser.
The heating pipe (17) connected to the incubator has the heater (18), and the constant temperature liquid is
controlled by the temperature sensor (19) of the incubator to a constant temperature.
The sensor (16) is installed at the outlet of the exhaust fan in the body, and when this sensor monitors the specified
temperature, the condenser fan is operated to cool the constant temperature liquid and to prevent a runaway
temperature rise for the incubator.
3. Densitometry Outline
The densitometry system encloses the cuvette between an illumination lens and a relay lens.
The light from the lens enters the illumination lens, passes through the diaphragm, enters the cuvette as spot light,
and the light leaving the cuvette passes through the relay lens and a slit and enters the grating.
● Wavelength selection
The light bundle is diffracted by the grating, and a consecutive spectrum is formed nearly linearly. The required
wavelengths (1 to 13) are led to the photodiode array for each wavelength by arranging light receptors at the
corresponding positions.
● Densitometry operation
The cuvette (wheel) operation operates 60 cuvettes and 27 cuvettes in CCW direction during one cycle (9 sec.).
Accordingly, the cuvettes perform one rotation per cuvette during one cycle.
● Densitometry
Densitometry is performed dynamically while the respective cuvette during wheel rotation passes through the
light bundle of the measuring wavelength.
After reagent dispensing of the first reagent : 28 times
After sample dispensing : 27 times
After dispensing of the second reagent : 17 times
Densitometry time
8 msec.
Mixture quantity
150 L or more
B22 Operation process GA (Incubation bath) em514b2202.docx B22-3

B22 Operation process GA (Incubation bath) B22-4
4. Stop position
After initialization, GA unit stops at following position.
● Light pass
Cuv. No. 73
● Sample dispensing position

Cuv. No. 74
● Dilution sample aspiration position

Cuv. No. 72
● Reagent dispensing position

Cuv. No. 51
● Wash nozzle position

1st nozzle : Cuv. No. 1
8th nozzle (Dry nozzle) : Cuv. No. 80
● Mixing position
R1 mixing (No.1) : Cuv. No. 49
S mixing (No.1) : Cuv. No. 46
B22 Operation process GA (Incubation bath) em514b2202.docx B22-4

4. Time Table

 Normal analysis
Cuvette No.01 Cuvette No.02 Cuvette No.3 Cuvette No.4
1st Nozzle
2nd Nozzle 1st Nozzle 27 Cuv. Rot.

60 Cuv Rot.
3rd Nozzle 2nd Nozzle 1st Nozzle
4th Nozzle 3rd Nozzle 2nd Nozzle 1st Nozzle
5th Nozzle 4th Nozzle 3rd Nozzle 2nd Nozzle
6th Nozzle 5th Nozzle 4th Nozzle 3rd Nozzle
6th Nozzle 5th Nozzle 4th Nozzle
6th Nozzle 5th Nozzle

R1 Dispense 7th Nozzle
8th Nozzle
R1 Dispense
8th Nozzle
R1 Mix R1 Dispense
R1 Mix R1 Dispense
R1 Mix
Sample Dispense
Sample Mix R1 Mix
Sample Dispense
Sample Mix
Sample Dispense
Sample Mix
Sample Dispense
Sample Mix

 Pre-Dilution analysis
Cuvette No.01 Cuvette No.02 Cuvette No.3 Cuvette No.4
1st Nozzle
2nd Nozzle 1st Nozzle 27 Cuv. Rot.

60 Cuv Rot.
3rd Nozzle 2nd Nozzle 1st Nozzle
4th Nozzle 3rd Nozzle 2nd Nozzle 1st Nozzle
5th Nozzle 4th Nozzle 3rd Nozzle 2nd Nozzle
6th Nozzle 5th Nozzle 4th Nozzle 3rd Nozzle
6th Nozzle 5th Nozzle 4th Nozzle

R1 Dispense 7th Nozzle
8th Nozzle
R1 Dispense
8th Nozzle
R1 Mix R1 Dummy Disp.
R1 Mix R1 Dispense
R1 Mix
Sample Dispense
Sample Mix R1 Mix
Sample Dispense
Sample Mix
Pre-Dil S Asp. 
Sample Mix
Pre-Dil S Disp.
Sample Mix


 3UH'LOXWLRQDQDO\VLV

&XYHWWH1R &XYHWWH1R &XYHWWH1R &XYHWWH1R

VW1R]]OH

QG1R]]OH VW1R]]OH &XY5RW
&XY5RW
UG1R]]OH QG1R]]OH VW1R]]OH

WK1R]]OH UG1R]]OH QG1R]]OH VW1R]]OH

WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH UG1R]]OH QG1R]]OH

WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH UG1R]]OH

WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH

WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH

WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH

WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH

WK1R]]OH WK1R]]OH
5'LVSHQVH WK1R]]OH
WK1R]]OH
5'LVSHQVH
WK1R]]OH
50L[ 5'XPP\'LVS

50L[ 5'LVSHQVH

50L[
6DPSOH'LVSHQVH
6DPSOH0L[ 50L[
6DPSOH'LVSHQVH
6DPSOH0L[
3UH'LO6$VS 
6DPSOH0L[
3UH'LO6'LVS
6DPSOH0L[


B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Outline) B23-1
■Product Outline
●Product Aim
1. Lineup completion under the AU800 and the AU600 in regard to the processing speed.
2. Share expansion by system business correspondence of reagents and equipment.
3. Offering of user merits by standardization of reagents and operationally with the AU600.
● Target Market
1. Target Area
Japan / US / Europe / Asia/Oceania
2. Target Facilities
Japan, Europe : Small, Medium size hospitals (Maximum 50 samples/day)
US, Asia/Oceania : Small, Medium and Large size hospitals (Maximum 100 samples/ day)
3. Purpose
Electrolyte analyze for serum and urine
● Positioning at the market and competitors

1. Positioning
A biochemical analyzer aiming for processing of medium and small sample quantities for
the market for medium and small hospitals.
Biochemical analyzer for STAT inspections for the market for medium and large hospitals
2. Competitors
Manufacture Product Feature

Beckman Coulter AU400 Na, K, Cl : 3 items 200 samples/hour
Hitachi 7070 Na, K, Cl : 3 items 180 samples/hour
Shimazu CL-8000 Na, K, Cl : 3 items 133 samples/hour
Toshiba 40FR Na, K, Cl : 3 items 200 samples/hour
Du Pont Dimension AR Na, K, Cl, TCO2 : 4 items 67 samples/hour
J&J Ektachem 550 Na, K, Cl, TCO2 : 4 items
Bayer Opera Na, K, TCO2 : 4 items
Our main competitor is HITACHI 7070.
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Outline) em514b2301.docx B23-1

● Correspondence to Law and Regulations

1. Acquired External Standards
Japan : Pharmaceutical Affairs Law
USA : FDA510K
FCC Part 15 Class A
CSA C 22. 2 No. 1010-1
Europe : CE Marketing EMC Emission EN55011 (Conform to CISPR11)

Immunity EN50082-2
Low Voltage Equipment (Safety) Regulations EN61010-1
H Mark
Australia/New Zealand : AS/NZS CISPR11
All destinations : Radiation Field (Testing is represented by Europe Destination)
2. Observed External Standards
Japan : Package Recycle Law

Waste Process Law
Water Pollution Control Law
Sewage Law
Security Export Management regulations
USA : FDC regulation, Part 1040. 10

(Safety of lasers and other light-emitting product)
FDC regulation, 21 CFR Part 820 (GMP)
Regulation in regard to packaging materials containing Harmful
Substance HIPPA
Regulations for Used Batteries CE4212
Europe : Instructions in regard to the batteries

Government degrees in regard to packaging waste materials (DE)
Equipment safety standards for hospital laboratories (UK)
Universal : Law for protections of the ozone layer

PL Law
Regulations in regards to asbestos
Note: The ISE is a factory option.

●Quality Aim
1. Feature
As an option of the AU400, when there is indication for analysis of Na, K and Cl items, take 20 μl
of sample (serum) or 25 μl (Urine) from the device and measure the ion concentration of Na, K,
Cl for 18 second cycle per sample.
2. Electrode Life
Storage life
Na electrode : More then 12 months
K electrode : More then 12 months
Cl electrode : More then 12 months
Reference electrode : More than 12 months
If the instrument is started using within the storage life, the electrode life is indicated below
(However if the instrument is started using after the storage life, that regards as the instrument is
started using on the last day of the storage life.)
Na electrode: If Calibration or Selectivity Check results meet the specification, electrodes can
be used for 6 months or up to 40,000 samples after opening.
K electrode: If Calibration or Selectivity Check results meet the specification, electrodes can
Cl electrode: If Calibration or Selectivity Check results meet the specification, electrodes can
Reference electrode: 24 months or 150,000 samples
●Service Life
5 years or 150,000 tests (100 samples/day × 25 days/month × 12 months × 5 years)
Expect for the consumption parts and periodical exchanged parts
●Product Life
5 years

■Feature
●Selling Points
1) Crown ether membrane is used to measure Na and K electrodes, and Molecular oriented membrane
(MO membrane) is used to measure Cl electrodes, and that possesses good response and
improves durability.
・ The crown ether membranes of Na, K electrodes have high-speed response, good selectivity,
and are insusceptible to chemical inhibitors (Protein and etc.).
・ Cl electrode uses Molecular Oriented membrane (MO membrane) to build up tens of

thousands of the molecular firms and change the molecular firms to solid, by this solidification
technology the new CL electrode obtains more high-speed response and high selectivity
(counter Br, counter HCO3.
・ By the high-speed response, one each electrode can process the measurements of the Na,
K, and Cl electrolytes for 200 samples per hour.
2) Different from the flame photometry method, the ISE does not used Propane gas and the amount of
the heat generation is smaller.
3) The ISE can analyze the primitive urine and does not have to dilute samples.

■ Limiting Condition (Use Environment, Cautions and Prohibitions and etc.)

●Installation and Use Environment
・ A place not exposed to direct sunlight
・ A place with little dust
・ A flat place with little inclination (max. slope: 1/200)
・ A place where the floor can withstand the instrument weight
・ A place without serve voltage fluctuations (Voltage fluctuations within ± 10 %)
・ A place with no machines producing abnormal noise in the vicinity
・ The temperature should be 18 to 32 ℃ during the instrument is working, and the temperature
fluctuation shall be within the range of 4 ℃ during measurement.
・ The humidity should be 40 to 80 % RH and there should be no condensation. (Temperature at
the storage condition should be between 5 to 40 ℃.)
● Cautions and Prohibitions

・ For general caution items, refer to the contents of the notification by the Pharmaceutical Affairs
Bureau of the Japan
Ministry of Health and Welfare, dated June 1, 1972, listed in the operation manual.
In addition, the caution items listed in the operation manual and the caution labels on the equipment
must be observed.
●Instrument Users
Operators and users of this instrument shall be those who are trained by Beckman Coulter or trainers
certified by Beckman Coulter.

B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Outline of the System) B23-6
■Product Unit
● Type List
Parts No. Name Destination

MU4970 M514-OPA01 JAPAN
MU4971 M514-OPA02 USA
MU4972 M514-OPA03 Europe
MU4986 M514-OPA04 Asia/Oceania
● Unit composition
Pcs.
Composition Product MU4970 MU4971 MU4972 MU4986
Unit
Parts No. Remarks
Name M514- M514- M514- M514-
OPA01 OPA02 OPA03 OPA04
Main body MU4977 M015-AA01 1 1 1 1
MU4978 M015-DA01 1 1 1 1
MU5010 M015-JA01 1 1 1 1
MU3223 M014-EF01 1 1 1 1
MU3545 M014-BA02 2 2 2 2
MU2465 M510-SA01 1 1 1 1
M504-EJ01 1 1 1 1 R syringe
M902-EM03 1 1 1 1 Syringe
Case
MB9807 Model Label 1 1 1 1
MB9132 EC Label 1 1 1 1
MD7476 Tube 2 2 2 2
MD7477 Connector 4 4 4 4
Standard MU3213 M014-ACC11 1
accessories MU3214 M014-ACC12 1 1 1
Starter kit MU3216 M014-TRN11 1
Packing MU4991 M015-DPC11 1 1 1 1
Materials
Name label MU4993 Name label J 1 1
set MU4994 Name label A 1
MU4995 Name label E 1
Consumables MU3218 M014-CSS11 (1) (1) (1) (1)
Repair parts MU4992 M015-REP11 (1) (1) (1) (1)
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Outline of the System) em514b2302.docx B23-6
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Outline of the System) B23-7
● Standard Accessories Composition

Pcs. Remarks
Composition Product MU3213 MU3214
Parts No.
Unit Name
M014-ACC11 M014- ACC12
Standard MU9623 P tube 1 1
Accessories ZM2970 Pinch valve 1 1
tube
1 1
MA1198 Warranty 1 1 Warranty
Check list 1 1 Package check
list
Packing List 1 1
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Outline of the System) em514b2302.docx B23-7
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Specification) B23-8
■Specification
●Method
Dilution-type ion electrode method
*Dilution Tube Fixed Method
●Measurement Item
Na, K, Cl ion
●Measurement sample
Serum, Urine
●Throughput
Maximum 200 samples/ hour
*18 seconds cycle
●Sample volume
Serum : 20 μL (Extrusion water: 8 μL)
Urine : 25 μL (Extrusion water: 10 μL)
●Buffer solution volume

Serum : 618 μL
Urine : 750 μL
●Reagents to be used
・ Buffer solution
・ MID-STD solution
・ REF solution
・ Serum H standard solution
・ Serum L standard solution
・ Urine H standard solution
・ Urine L standard solution
・ Selectivity check solution
・ Wash water
・ Electrode solution
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Specification) em514b2303.docx B23-8

●Calibration
・ External two-point calibration (electrode sensitivity calibration)
*Independent calibration for serum and urine
・ External one-point calibration (ACAL)
●Measuring Range
Serum mode (mmol/l) Urine mode (mmol/l)
Na 50 to 200 10 to 400
K 1. 0 to 10.0 2.0 to 200
CL 50 to 200 15 to 400
●Electrode
Na Electrode : Crown ether membrane
K Electrode : Crown ether membrane
Cl Electrode : Solid membrane (Class 4 ammonium salt)
REF Electrode : Liquid junction method
●Electrode Shelf Life

Na Electrode : 12 months from production
K Electrode : 12 months from production
Cl Electrode : 12 months from production
REF Electrode : 12 months from production
●Electrode Life
Na Electrode : 2 months or 20,000 samples
K Electrode : 2 months or 20,000 samples
Cl Electrode : 2 months or 20,000 samples
REF Electrode : 24 months or 150, 000 samples
Whichever sooner
*When the electrode is started using within the electrode shelf life.
The electrode that is after the shelf life regards as that the electrode is started using on
the last day of the shelf life, use the electrode life.

●Perister Tube Life

3 month or 20,000 samples
●Syringe Life
150, 000 samples
●Use Environment
Temperature : 18 to 32
 Temperature fluctuation : Shall be within the range of 4 ℃ during measurement
Humidity : 40 to 80 % R. H.
●Power
DC + 5 V
DC + 24 V
●Max Rated Power Supply

Maximum 100 VA
●Weight
About 10 kg
* Only for the case part of the Main body

B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Overall Construction) B23-11
■Overall Construction
● Top View
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Overall Construction) em514b2304.docx B23-11

0 Sample probe
$ 0( $
0( 0(
7
a
0'
0% 30 0 % 0%

0) 3
a b
7
% = 0 %
a 0%
6
0% c
0% 0% 08
0'
&O Mixture Change Valve
7 0' 0$
0' ' 0
1D
0'
. Thermistor 0%
0) 0% c
Standard solution pump 08 0%
7 7 5H I
& 0 % $ Dilution valve b 12 3 &
' 0 0$ b
8 0* 7 0 ' & 9 a
0$ 1&
0%
0 Heat Exchange Unit
0% 0$ 0$ 0$
0) B37621 0%
% 0$ 0% 3 0'
1& 12 REF Valve 3 0' 3
0%
e c 0%

&20 0$
/ ) 9$ + 3 0'

0% 0( 0'
0$ 7 0%
' 0) '
6
7 R sylinge
Blue 0 ' 0( Mixture aspiration pump * a 0$
Dilution dispenser 30 0 % $ b 0'

Yellow d d c Red c 0'
0' 0$
0' d 0'
0' 0' /
0$ e
7
/
0'
0' 7 Teflon Tube
To the M514 main body drain 3 Poalon Tube
0'
( Red 6 Silicon Tube (

Yellow 0'
0'
0' 0' Lifelon Tube
Blue
0' Parts with # is organaized in the M015-DA01

0%
0'

0' 6HUYLFH0DQXDO
6 )
)

0' >@ ,WHP 0$$
>@
5() , 17 6 7 ' %8) ) ( 5 >@,VVXHG 6KW12

B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Operation Explanations) B23-13
■ Operation Explanations
● Analysis
1) The sample probe of the main body dispenses the sample by the extrusion dispensing to the
dilution tube (Sample pod).
Sample type Serum (Sample Volume: 20 uL, Extrusion dispensing water: 8 μL)
Urine (Sample volume: 25 μL, Extrusion dispensing water: 10 μL)
2) The sample probe discharges the dilution

Dilution volume Serum (618 μL)
Urine (750 uL)
3) The mix bar mixed the sample.
4) The perister pump aspirates the mixed mixture to the flow cell.
5) The bypass tube drains the residual liquid in the dilution tube (sample pod) to prepare
the next mixture.
6) Measure the voltage of each Na, K, and Cl electrode referring to REF electrode.
REF solution Serum (120 μL)
Urine (150 μL)
7) The thermistor measures the temperature of the mixture.
8) The probe dispenses the STD solution to the dilution tube.
STD solution Serum (750 μL)
Urine (991 μL)
9) Same as the sample, measure the temperature of the potential measurements of Na, K, Cl,
and mixture
10) Calculate the concentration from the mixture and the STD solution potential after the
temperature correction.
● Correction
1) The sample probe of the main body dispenses the STD solution by the extrusion dispensing
to the dilution tube (sample pod).
STD solution For serum: H, L
For urine: H, L
2) Perform the same operation as the analysis operation.
3) Perform calculation.
● Selectivity Check
1) The sample probe of the main body dispenses the selectivity check solution by the extrusion
dispensing to the dilution tube (sample pod).
Selectivity check solutions: for Na, for K
2) Perform the same operation as the analysis operation.
● Wash before Analyze

1) The sample probe dispenses the STD solution to the dilution tube (sample pod).
2) The perister pump aspirates the mixed STD solution to the flow cell.
3) The bypass tube drains the residual liquid in the dilution tube (sample pod) to prepare the
next mixture.
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Operation Explanations) em514b2305.docx B23-13
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Operation Explanations) B23-14
● Wash after the analysis

1) The probe dispenses the STD to the dilution tube (sample pod).
2) The perister pump aspirates the mixed STD solution to the flow cell.
3) The bypass tube drains the residual liquid in the dilution tube (sample pod) to prepare the
next mixture.
● Cleaning
1) The sample probe of the main body dispenses the cleaning solution by the extrusion
dispensing to the sample tube (sample pod).
2) The probe dispenses the dilution to the dilution tube (Sample pod).
3) The mix bar mixes the dilution to wash the dilution tube (sample pod).
4) The perister pump aspirates the cleaning solution to the flow cell to wash the flow cell.
5) The probe dispenses the STD solution to the dilution tube (sample pod).
6) The mixing bar mixes the STD solution to wash the dilution tube (sample pod).
7) The perister pump aspirates the mixed STD solution to the flow cell to wash the flow cell.
B23 ISE Function and Mechanism Manual (Operation Explanations) em514b2305.docx B23-14
A0D Table of contents (D Electrical units) A0D-1
Module No. Description No. of page
D1 Caution Items in Regard to Safety at the Time of Repair 4

D2 EL Composition 8
D3 Block Diagram 12
D11 Outline 1
D12 Circuit Board Lists 4
D13 List of Power Supply Units 1
D14 List of Purchase Units 1
D21 MV0840 (Rack Identification Switch) 1

D22 MV1005 (Photometry Control Circuit Board) 4
D23 MV1006 (Photodiode Array) 2
D24 MV2070 / B06966 (Refrigerator control board) 3
D25 MV1014 / B06964 (Mixing Control Circuit Board) 3
D26 MV2177 / B06989 / MV2073 / B06980 4
D27 MV2077 / B06967 (Dispenser control) 3
D28 MV2329 / B06975 (Probe Transfer Control) 3
D29 MV1019 / B06988 (ANL control) 7
D30 MV2074 (V53CPU) 4
D31 MV2075 / MV2076 (Level Detection Board) 3
D32 MV2086 (AC driver Circuit Board) 3
D33 MV1025 (DC Valve Relay Circuit Board) 3
D34 MV2190 (ISE Control) 3
D35 MV1041 (ISE Analog Circuit Board) 2
D36 MV2066 (Diluent Heating Circuit Board) 2
D37 MV1951 (Washing Water Heating Control Circuit Board) 3
D38 MV2115 (Peltier Control Circuit Board) 2
D39 MV2084 (Incubator Temperature Control Circuit Board) 2
D40 MV2067 (Clogging Detection Circuit Board) 6
D41 MV2068 (Undiluent Detergent Presence Detection Circuit Board) 5
D42 UDCDD31 (Power Supply Control Circuit Board) 1
D51 Power Supply Explanation (PS1) 3

D53 Power Supply Explanation (PS3, 4, 5) 5
D61 Personal Computer 4

D62 CRT 2
D63 Printer 1
D64 Multi I/O Board 1
D65 Bar Code Reader 3
D66 I/O expansion card for WES2009 PC 1
D71 Degasser 1
D81 I/O Port table 8
D91 Power Supply Input Section (primary side)Caution at the time of 1

Parts Exchange
A0D Table of contents(D Electrical units) em514a0d.docx A0D-1

AU400 Part D Electrical units
D1 Caution items in regard to safety at the time of repair D1-1
Caution items in regard to safety at the time of repair

 Please read these “Caution Items in Regard to Safety at the Time of Repair” carefully before any repair.
 The caution items shown here list important contents in regard to safety and must be observed. The indications
and their meanings are as follows.
WARNING
This is used when death or severe injury can be assumed for the user in case of disregarding. Severe injuries
are loss of sight, wounds, burns (high- and low-temperature), electric shock, fractures, poisoning, and other
injuries with aftereffects, or injuries requiring admission to a hospital or long-term ambulatory treatment.
CAUTION
This is used when the danger of injury to the user, the occurrence of material damage, or a large influence
onto the analysis results can be expected in case of disregarding. It is also used when the possibility of
infection can be considered. Injuries are wounds, burns, electric shock, and other injuries which do not
require admission to a hospital or long-term ambulatory treatment.
Material damage is large damage to housing, household goods, and livestock.
 Parts marked by in this text are especially important parts.
 Please strictly observe the contents of the labels in the product body (DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION labels
etc.) and the contents of the service-oriented labels inside the body.
1. Cautions in Regard to Electric Shock
WARNING
(1) In order to prevent electric shock and short-circuit accidents at the time of repair involving disassembly
and assembly, always switch off the main power supply and wait for at least 10 sec before work is
started.
(2) In order to prevent electric shock and short-circuit accidents, do not touch electric parts and wiring
with wet hands.
2. Caution in Regard to Loss of Sight
WARNING
(1) At the time of repairs involving the reagents and chemicals used in the product (strong acids {acetic
acid, SAKURIN, coloring solution, etc.}, strong alkalis {hypochlorous acid, concentrated incubation cell
washing solution, etc.}), wear protection goggles to prevent these substances from getting into your eyes.
D1 Caution items in regard to safety at the time of repair em514d101.docx D1-1

3. Cautions in Regard to Injuries
CAUTION
(1) At the time of repairs involving the reagents and chemicals used in the product (strong acids {acetic
acid, SAKURIN, coloring solution, etc.}, strong alkalis {hypochlorous acid, concentrated incubation cell
washing solution, etc.}), wear rubber gloves to prevent direct contact with your hands.
(2) At the time of repairs involving disassembly, assembly, etc., handle the soldered surfaces of circuit
boards, sharp edges of parts, etc. with extreme care to prevent injuries during the work.
(3) When performing work in energized condition, pay attention to the operation of the equipment in order
to prevent injuries.
(4) At the time of servicing of glass parts (lamps, bottles, etc.), handle them carefully to prevent breakage.
4. Cautions in Regard to Eye Protection
CAUTION
(1) For protection of your eyes, do not look directly into the light source lamp with unprotected eyes.
(2) For protection of your eyes, do not look directly at a laser light source or laser light.
5. Cautions in Regard to Infection
CAUTION
(1) At the time of repairs involving waste materials, waste liquids, etc. which have come into contact with
samples, reagents, antibodies, antigens, etc., always wear rubber gloves etc. for the work.
(2) If scratches or cuts have been caused during the work, immediately disinfect the wound, protect the
wound with a bandage etc., and wear rubber gloves etc. for the work. When required, consult a
physician.
(3) After completion of the work, wash and disinfect your hands, gloves, tables, jigs, tools, etc.
6. Cautions in Regard to Burns
CAUTION
(1) At the time of repairs involving lamps, pulse motor drivers, cooling fins, and other hot parts, switch off
the main power supply and start the work only after having confirmed that the hot parts have cooled
down to normal temperature.
(2) When work is performed in energized condition, take care to perform the work so that hot parts are not
touched directly.

7. Cautions in Regard to Poisoning
CAUTION
(1) At the time of repairs involving antipsychotic drugs (Palpital buffer etc.) etc., perform the work under
observation of the caution items listed for the drugs.
(2) When handling volatile chemicals, take care not to inhale them directly.
8. Other General Cautions
CAUTION
(1) When caution labels etc. become damaged or lost, do not leave them like that, but repair them quickly.
(2) Always use the specified parts as repair parts.
(3) If not executed daily or periodic maintenance items are found, give instructions and keep an instruction
record.
(4) If erroneous operation, erroneous use, or erroneous installation of the equipment is found, give
instructions and keep an instruction record.
For repairs involving the electric system, observe the following caution items to protect yourself from the danger of
electric shock etc.
In case of individual caution items required for each work, they are listed with WARNING or a warning mark,
and the work must be done paying special attention to these items.
■ Caution items in regard to electric shock

● Do not touch electric parts and wiring with wet hands.
● For work on terminal block wiring, power supplies, and connectors, always switch off the power
supply and wait for at least 10 seconds before you begin the work.
● Please be careful as the AU400 system supplies power to refrigerator, incubator heater, and a part of
the circuit boards even in POWER OFF status.
When work is to be performed in regard to these units and power supply input parts, press the
E.STOP switch or press the main circuit breaker at the lower part on the right side of the unit to
switch off the power completely before you begin the work.
■ Caution in regard to heat (burns)

● When notably hot parts like the light source lamp, pulse motor drivers, etc. are to be handled, follow
the attached warning labels to return these parts to normal temperature before the start of work.
■ Caution in regard to reagents

● Do not touch directly reagents corresponding to strong acids, strong alkalis, or infectious waste
substances. Always wear the specified rubber gloves for direct handling
● When handling volatile chemicals, take care not to inhale them directly.
■ Caution in regard to laser light

● Some bar code readers use laser light.
As the energy is not very high, the possibility of burns is not high, but when the laser light gets
directly into the eyes, the vision may be impaired, so that care must be taken not to look into the light
source.

■ Safety confirmation items after work completion

● Confirm the voltage for each power supply.
This makes it possible to detect wiring short-circuits, latent defects, etc., and it also prevents
functional defects.
■ Other general caution items

● At the time of repair, pull the power plug from the receptacle.
● Do not touch parts with high or low temperatures directly, and always return them to normal
temperature before the start of work.
● For prevention of electric shock, do not touch the product with wet hands.
● Always use the specified repair parts.

D2 EL composition D2-1
■ Outline of the AU400 hardware composition

The AU400 roughly is composed of the following three blocks.
Each block has its own CPU system (CPU, memory, clock, timer, communication means, mechanism control, etc.),
and the CPU systems perform analysis operation and processing of the various data while communicating with each
other.
Further, there are subsystems including a subordinate CPU in the ANL, and they are arranged close to the
mechanical units for which they are responsible.
● Data processor (in the following called DPR)
This processor is in charge of the user interface of the AU400 system, and it performs processing of various data
and communication with the host computer. It also performs printer output.
It is connected to the main CPU system of the ANL by serial communication, the ANL operates by commands
issued from the DPR to the ANL, and the operator is provided with the required information by recovering the
operation result and the status from the ANL.
● Analyzer (in the following called ANL)

The ANL has an independent CPU system, and when it receives a command by serial communication from the
DPR, it performs the corresponding operation and reports the result to the DPR.
The ANL further has subordinate CPU systems which communicate via the I/F systems on the ANL control
board (MV1019).
The incubator control/densitometry block uses a high-speed digital communication method called Arcnet. The
other mechanical unit control blocks for the various functions are in chain connection via an optical LAN
according to the token link method, using the built-in communication function of the CPU (HD64180).
● Electrolyte measuring unit (in the following called ISE)

The ISE block physically is embedded in the exterior of the ANL, but logically it is an independent CPU system,
and it is connected to the ANL by serial communication.
The logical image seen from the main CPU of the ANL basically shows no difference from a subordinate system
of the ANL.
■ Connection status of each system

Page 2-2 shows the connection outline drawing and the communication standard.
The outline functions of each subsystem are shown on page 2-3.
D2 EL composition em514d201.docx D2-1

■ Connection Diagram between subsystem
Host Computer
RS232C
DPR
(PC)
RS232C
ANL main body
RS232C ARCNET
ISE ANL Main GA photometry
(MV2190) (MV1019) control
(B06988) (MV1005)
Optical
LAN
Dispenser Mix Reagent Reagent

(MV2077) (MV1014) fridge transfer
(B06967) (B06964) (MV2070) (MV2329)
(B06966) (B06975)
Automatic Rack Sample

re-run transfer transfer
(MV2073) (MV2177) (MV2329)
(B06980) (B06989) (B06975)

■ Outline of each subsystem

The outlines of the subsystems are shown in the following. Refer to the item “Circuit Board Explanation” in Chapter
3 for details in regard to the functions and input/output.
● DPR
CPU : Pentium 233 MHz
OS : MS-Windows NT 4.0 (Workstation) or MS-Windows 2000 (Professional)
Functions : AU400 system machine I/F (screen, input, output), overall system management, data
processing, communication with the ANL
● ANL main system

Circuit board : MV1019/B06988 + MV2074
CPU : V53A, 12 MHz
Control : By firmware installed on the circuit board
Functions : Mechanism operation on the basis of commands from the DPR, status management
integration, and notification to the DPR.
● ISE, bar code I/F

Circuit board : Inside MV1019/B06988
CPU : HD64180
Functions : Instructions from the ANL main CPU to the ISE and report information from the ISE to the
ANL are relayed. Bar code reader input also is performed, and it is reported to the ANL
main CPU.
The communication with the ANL main CPU is via dual port RAM, and the
communication with the ISE is via an RS232C circuit.
● Optical communication I/F

Circuit board : Inside MV1019/B06988
CPU : HD64180, 10 MHz
Functions : Communication with the ANL main CPU is performed via dual port RAM, and the
communication with the optical communication circuit boards arranged near each
mechanical unit is controlled.
● GA/densitometry control
Circuit board : MV1005
CPU : N80960SB-16 MHz (32 bit RISC processor)
Functions : Incubator rotation control, densitometry data calculations, and reporting to the ANL main
CPU are performed.
Densitometry gain switching, A/D conversion, and LOG conversion by calculation are
performed, but there is absolutely no compensation, and raw OD values are sent to the ANL
main CPU as they are.
● Reagent storage refrigerator control

Circuit board : MV2070/B06966
CPU : HD64180
Functions : Storage refrigerator, storage sampler, and cuvette washing are controlled by commands
from the ANL main CPU.
The storage refrigerator status is reported to the main CPU in answer to periodic inquiries
from the ANL main CPU.

● Probe transfer control

CPU : HD64180
Functions : Probe transfer is controlled by commands from the ANL main CPU.
Also, the circuit board hardware status is reported to the ANL main CPU in answer to
periodic inquiries from the ANL main CPU.
The AU400 uses a total of two boards, where one is used for samples, and the other one is
used for reagent probes.
● M1/M2 (mixing) control

CPU : HD64180
Functions : The mixing units are controlled by commands from the ANL main CPU. The mixing unit
status is reported to the main CPU in answer to periodic inquiries from the ANL main CPU.
● Rack transfer control

CPU : HD64180
Functions : Rack transfer, rack feeder, ID claw feed, and S claw feed control, as well as sensor input are
performed by commands from the ANL main CPU.
● Automatic reanalysis control

CPU : HD64180
Functions : Rack buffer (CC01), reanalysis line (CD01), and rack reception (CE01) control, as well as
sensor input are performed by commands from the ANL main CPU.
● Dispenser control
Circuit board : MV2077
CPU : HD64180
Functions : Reagent dispenser, and Sample dispenser control, as well as sensor input are performed
by commands from the ANL main CPU.

■ Connnection for DPR inside
CRT
AC100V Touch
panel
(option) Expansion
printer
PC
Multi I/O
AC100V Host COM
Printer
ANL
Main body
ISE
Trasfer line
Connnection
unit
Direction Communication Remarks

method
DPR  ANL RS232C 1ch

DPR  (Printer) Sentronics 1ch
DPR  (Host computer) RS232C 1ch


DPR  (Touch screen) RS232C 1ch

ANL  ISE RS232C 1ch

ANL Transfer line unit Sensor
connection

■ EL-Parts Layout
Front
B06967
MV2084
Back
B06964

■ EL-Parts Layout
Right side
B06989
B06980
(*1)
AU401, AU402 (M514) is MV2075.
AU403, AU404 (M516) is MV3267.
Left side
B06966
B06964
B06988
(*2)
AU401, AU402 (M514) is MV2076.
AU403, AU404 (M516) is MV3268.

■ EL-Parts Layout
Probe transfer (FA, FD)
B06975
(*3)
Sample level detection board
AU401, AU402 (M514) is MV2075.
AU403, AU404 (M516) is MV3267.
Reagent level detection board
AU401, AU402 (M514) is MV2076.
AU403, AU404 (M516) is MV3268.

2P
(M514AA-2/2)
5P
J1 352
A11 352 ~
V17
J2 353 353
REF ANL FBR FBR ANL ANL
~
V18
5V 100V 24V +-15V RS232C J3 354
OUT IN 354 ~
V28
DC VALVE RELAY3
355
2 4
J4 355 ~
V22
7 1 3 6 5 J5 356 356 ~ V31
(A46)
MV2099
ANL
24V (1-6F)
J6 357 357 ~ V25
V23
MV1025
(A47) J7 358 358 ~
MV1050 J8 359 359 ~ V26

J9 350 350 ~
V32
J10 351 351 V29
A94 (A45) TO DA01(2-4E) (A47) J11 360
THERMISTOR FOR
MU5020 MV2131
(A47)
MV2132 WASH WATER TEMP. J13 (A46) (FREE)
362
362
A96 MONITOR MV1106 A78
MV2156 MU3255 J12 361 361 369 369
DEIONIZED WATER WASH WATER SAMPLE COUNTER
219
THERMISTOR FOR INSIDE

219
FAN (UNDER THE

OF SYSTEM TEMP. MONITOR
A95
HEATING PART HEATING PART VENTILATION
FAN1)
MV1005 COOLING FAN
205 201 204 MU1693 500w 350w
9P 4P
205 201 204 THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT
PS6 (A47) J4 189 HEATER HEATER A10 J1 332 (FREE)
+-15V MV2085 MV2115 J5
0.5A
11.6V PELTIER CTRL (A47)
189
THERMISTOR THERMISTOR
J2 333 (P.L.)
AC100V
2A J3
202
J2
203
AC100V J1 MV2134 190 185 (MU3532) 188 186 187 (MU2961) J3 334 (FREE)
POWER SUPPLY 200
J4
9P 190 185 188 186 187 335 (FREE)
DC VALVE RELAY2
202 203 200
2-FANS
(B3,B5)
J5 336 336 ~ V16
FA N (A47) (A45) (A47)
SSR
A24 SSR K1
MV2304 MV2130 MV2153 MV2157 J6 337 337 ~ V20
(A45)
J7 338 338 ~ V21
MV1025
MV2138
(A47)
LAMP COOLANT PUMP FOR
REFRIGERATOR 809 812 807 811 837 831 MV2325 852 847 851 J8 339 339 ~
V19
212 214 210
181
181
J9
212 214 210
DP PELTIER
COOLER A2
809 812 807 811 829 832 837 831 A4 852 847 851 330 330 ~
V30
J12 J3 J11 J1 J12 J3 J11 J1 J3 J11 J1
A1 +-15V 24V J1 MV2084
A3
MV2066 MV1951 J10 331 331 ~
V24
J3 J5
MV1005 (M514-DB01) DILUENT HEATING WASHING WATER
INCUBATOR TEMP.CTRL HEATING CTRL J13 J11 340 340 ~ V33
PHOTOMETRY CTRL COOLER (MU4942) J10
342
J2
342
+-15V J2 AC100V J10 J6 +-15V J2
A101
810 806 813
+-15V
830
AC100V
826 850
AC100V
846
J10 J12 341 341 ~ V27
J6 J2 MV2078 J4
215 211 213 209 208 810 806 813 830 826 850 846
(ON THE PILLAR) 3P
800
B2 FA N
215 211 213 209 208 DM1871
VENTILATION FAN 2 (FREE)
THERMOSTAT
THERMISTOR
(LEFT SIDE) A9 J1 312

PM /Origin(S56)
J2 313 A22
(FREE)
(M18)
823
MV2161
/Stop(S57) B4 FA N J3 314 314 325 325 ~
V3
HEATER
250W
DM0767 A23
PELTIER PUMP COOLING FAN J4 315 315 MV2161
DC VALVE RELAY1
218
J5 316
326 326 ~
V4
218 (MU2967) A6
J1 316 ~ V5
822
B1
MV1006 5 (MU5033) DM0767
FA N (A47) J8 J6 317
MV2320 J10
J7
VENTILATION FAN 1 V6
377
377
TEMP. A/D 318 317 ~
(M514-GA01) PHOTODIODE (REAR PANEL) (A46)
180
379
379
MV1025
180
DP J8 MV2162
ARCNET i/f 319
INCUBATOR ARRAY B10
319 (A46)
(MU4948) DM1554 J9 310 310 MV2162 318 ~
V9
COOLANT PUMP FOR (A46)
J7 MV2162
INCUBATION BATH J10 311 311 344 344 ~ V11
376
BARCODE i/f
376
345
32 NETWORK i/f J13 J11 320
345 ~
V10
V14
322
322
343 343 ~
A104 J15 J12 321
25
MV1030
(BEHIND THE
(FREE)
384
384
(A47) 8P (A46)
SOLUTION TANK) (FREE)
MV2121 A91 MV2139
7P
MU3236
164
164
RACK SET DIAG 2

167
167
DISABLE
(MU5009)
S3 P4 B8
250
250
(CA01)
162
STAT ROT speaker DP DETERGENT A A77
S2 SUPPLY PUMP A87
(A46)
MV2148
P5 B9 MU2929
V34 VACUUM TANK
251
251
360
360
STAT
8P J13 DP DETERGENT B WATER SUPPLY WASTE VALVE
POWER CTRL A88
VALVE
382
382
SUPPLY PUMP A86
(MU4079)
J2 UDCD31A (MU4957) (JPN) & SW i/f MU4149
232
232
ON A7 M514-HA01 VACUUM
163
163
252
252
J2
J3
POWER SUPPLY A92
STAT END
DP
DEIONIZED WATER
V2
(MU5018)
PUMP 5 (MU5304)
CTRL
168
168
PF RESET (A47) J4 P1 SUPPLY PUMP DEGASSER

804
MU4983
804
J3 J16 J3 MU5003 AP P6
303
MV1055
303
AC18V A93 OPD
160
160
231 J1 711 J4 P3 V1
385
385
302
302
STAT SET WATER SUPPLY
169
169
EM STOP (A45) PS2 256 257 258
259
259
MU4983 J1
231 711 HEATER MV2098 5V UNIT
370
370
5V & J5 256 257 258
(MU2535)
152
152
304
ANL +-15V +15V
142
142
(MU4950) (100V) AC100V

T1 (A45) (A47)
DL1527 MV2116 (A45)
MV2098 5V POWER SUPPLY 2
PC J6 MV2125
POWER SUPPLY
305
305
J2 J1 J3
PS1 A5 J12
INPUT (A45)
364
364
363
363
5V 5V
381
151
151
MV2140
3.5kVA
REF,ISE +-15V
(A47) MV2074 CPU BUS
J7
306
141
306
141
AC100V MV2113
(A45) J3 V53CPU
AC DRIVER
(M514-JC01)
365
MV2098 5V POWER SUPPLY 1

(M514-JD01) A102 J4 (A47) OPH
MV2086
373
MV2181 J9 MV2124
P.S. INPUT PART POWER SUPPLY CTRL PART PS3
308
308
248
248
COMPULSORY
MU3211 WASTE WATER PUMP1
AC100V 24V (A47) MV2068
J2
238
14A ISE SW J8 MV2087
238
UNDILUENT DETERGENT PRESENCE DETECTION (MU3351)
371
307
307
371
(MU4951) (200V) (MU4958) (USA) 24V POWER SUPPLY 1 ANL 24V 24V
100
100
109
109
(1-3B)
247 A8 A49
(MU4952) (210V) (MU4959) (EU) A48 MV2123 OPH
431
431
430
430
247 MV1553 J2
MV1019
249
249
J1
(MU4953) (230V) (MU4960) (AUS) COMPULSORY
ANL CTRL 6P
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 WASTE WATER PUMP2
(A46) 102 101 111
(MU4954) (110V)
239
(MU4982) (ASIA) 240 241 242 243 244 245 246
239
MV2129
102 101 111 (MU3351)
24V 5V 5V (A47) J6 OVERFLOW OVERFLOW OVERFLOW
(MU4955) (220V) MV2186 J1 J2
PRESSURE FLOAT
24V
106
AC100V
106
ISE i/f UPPER UPPER UPPER

375
375
SW SW
(240V)
ISE 300 301
(MU4956) LOWER LOWER LOWER A84 A85
A103 300 301 MU5004 MU2965
MV2310 EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY
(A46) A79 A80 A81 A82 A83
VACUUM TANK
105
MV2126 MU2962 MU2963 MU2963 MU5002 MU5002

A (ACID) B (ALKALINE) A B
(A47) DEIONIZED
MV2090
ORIGINAL
104
WATER TANK DETERGENT TANK DETERGENT TANK

A21
MV0583 J14 (A47) MV1764
(A47) J9
165
165
383
383
MV2122
UDCD42A
000
000
DPR i/f
378
378
103
112
MV2326
LED&DGSW DPR
AU401 , AU402 (M514)

M514 EL HARDWARE MANUAL
3-1
Block diagram 0400
3
0$$
3
$ - a 9
'&9$/9(5(/$<
5() $1/ )%5 )%5 $1/ $1/
- a
9
9 9 287 ,1 9 9 56& - a
9
- a 9
- a 9
$
09
$1/
9)
- a 9
- 9
0 9
$ a
09 - a 9
- a 9
- 9
$ $ 72'$( $ 7+(50,6725)25 -
08 09
$
09 :$6+:$7(57(03 - $ )5((
$ $

021,725 09

09 -
7+(50,67(5)25,16,'( '(,21,=(':$7(5
08
:$6+:$7(5

6$03/(&2817(5

)$1 81'(57+(
2)6<67(07(03021,725
$
+($7,1*3$57 +($7,1*3$57 %(17,/$7,21
)$1
09&22/,1*)$1
08 Z Z
3 3
7+(50267$7 7+(50267$7
09 - - +($7(5 +($7(5 $ - )5((
'&9$/9(5(/$<
9
$
9 3(/7,(5&75/ $

7+(50,6725 7+(50,6725
- 3/
$&9
32:(56833/<
$ -

-

$&9 -

09 08 08 - )5((

3 -
)5((
)$16 3 - a 9
)$1 $ $ $ $
665
09
665
09 09 09 - a 9
- a 9
0 9
/$03 &22/$173803)25
5()5,*(5$725
$
09 - a 9

9

-

'3 3(/7,(5 a
&22/(5 $
$ - - - - - - - - - - -
$ 9 9
- 09
$
09 09 - a 9
09
- -
0'% :$6+:$7(5
,1&8%$7257(03&75/ 7(03&75/ 7(03&75/ - - a 9
3+2720(75<&75/ &22/(5 08 - -

9 - $&9 - -
$

9

$&9

9 -

$&9 -

- a 9
- - 09 -

217+(3,//$5 3
%

)$1

'0
9(17,/$7,21)$1 )5((
7+(50267$7
7+(50,67(5
/()76,'( $ -
30 25,*,1 )5((
'&9$/9(5(/$<
- $
6723 09

326,7,21 % )$1 -

9
+($7(5
a

'0
:
$
3(/7,(53803&22/,1*)$1 - 09

-
a 9
08 $
- % - -
a 9

)$1 $
09 '0 09 -
3+272'(7(&7 9(17,/$7,21)$1 7(03$' - 9

0*$

$ a
5($53$1(/
0 9

'3 - 09
,1&8%$725 08
3&% %
$5&1(7LI $
a 9
'0 - 09

&22/$173803)25 - $
09
,1&89$7,21%$7+ - a 9

%$5&2'(LI

1(7:25.LI - -
a 9
9

a

$ - -

09
%(+,1'7+(
)5((

$ 3 $
62/87,217$1. )5((
09 09
3

5$&.6(7 ',$*

',6$%/( P4

6 '3 '(7(5*(17$
&$ 6833/<3803 $

67$7527 VSHDNHU
6
$
09
P5 9 9$&8807$1.

67$7 - :$7(56833/<
3
32:(5&75/
'3 '(7(5*(17% :$67(9$/9(
6833/<3803 9$/9(

- 8'&'$ 08-31 6:LI 08

21 $ 9$&880

32:(56833/<

'3
- '(21,=(':$7(5 9 3803
&75/ 67$7(1'
'(*$66(5

3)5(6(7 $ - P1 6833/<3803

$&9 - 09 - $3 P6 23'

P3

9

- - 67$76(7 :$7(56833/<

(06723

$ 36 -

+($7(5 09 9

81,7
9 -
08

$1/ $&9 9 9

089 7 $ $

09 932:(56833/< 09 $
3& - 09
32:(56833/<

- - -
36 $
,1387 9 - $

9

09

09

$ -
5(),6( 9 &38%86

$&9

09
$&'5,9(5
$ -
0-& 0-' 09 932:(56833/<

$ - $ 23+
09

09 09
36,13873$57 32:(56833/<&75/3$57 36
-

&2038/625<
08 :$67(:$7(53803
$&9 9
-
$ 09
$ ,6(6: - 09 /,48,'6(163&% 08

08 9 86$ 932:(56833/< $1/9 9

08

%
$ $
08 9 08 (8 $ 09 23+

-

09

09

-
08 9 08 $86 &2038/625<
$1/&75/ 3 :$67(:$7(53803
$
08 9 08 $6,$

08

09

9 9 9 $ - 29(5)/2: 29(5)/2: 29(5)/2:
08 9 09 - -
9 35(6685( )/2$7
$&9

,6(LI 833(5 833(5 833(5

,6(

6: 6:

08 9 /2:(5 /2:(5 /2:(5
$
09 (037< (037< (037< (037< (037<
$
09 9$&8807$1.
$$&,' %$/.$/,1( $ %
$ '(,21,=('
09 121',/8(17
:$7(57$1. '(7(5*(177$1. '(7(5*(177$1.
$
09 - $ 09
$ -
8'&'$

09
'35LI

09

/(' '*6: '35
AU403 , AU404 (M516)

Block diagram
3-2
0400
LA I/F
PS4
(A46)
MV2099
AC100V 24V
14A
24V POWER SUPPLY2
A31 A30 A29

MV1051 MV1051 MV1051
920 900 909
920 32 25 900 32 25 909

A12 J1 24V A13 J1 24V
A109 A107
MV2073 MV2083
J5
MV2177 MV2081
917
917
AUTO RE-RUN CTRL PCB RACK TRANSFER PORTION CTRL PCB
J13 J10 J14 J11 J19 J17 J18 J16 J9 J13 J10 J3 J14 J11 J17 J6 J18 J7 J15 J8 J25 J24
921 931 922 932 924 925 926 923 933 901 911 912 902 913 903 914 904 915 905 916 986 989
(A50) 931 (A50) (A50) 922 932 (A50) 924 925 926 (A50) 933 (A50) (A50) 911 (A50) 912 902 913 (A50) 903 914 904 915 905 916 986
921 923 901 (A50) (A50) (A50)
MV2198 MV2201 MV2198 MV2202 (A46) (A46) MV2198 MV2303 MV2197 MV2150 (A50) (A50)
MV2198 974 973 MV2154 (A50) 976 975 MV2200 977 MV2182
979 978 984 983 (A50) MV2127 987 997 972 971 (A50) (A50) (A50) MV2197
MV2127 MV1084
MV2172 MV2197 MV2199 MV2197 MV2199
979 978 984 983 987 997 972 971 974 973 976 975 977
939 950 880 STEPPING1
970 944 938 949
260 261 881 STEPPING2
970 941 940 942 943 944 945 948 938 949 939 950
960 961 962 963 965 260 261 882 STEPPING3
967 968 969 941 940 942 943 945 948
MV0840 952 953
960 961 962 963 965 883 STEPPING4
Re-Run Rack 967 968 969
PM PM Re-Run Rack PM Origin(S11) Origin(S14) 952 953 884 STEPPING5
PM PM Pass (S27) PM (M2) Rack S.Cup (M5) P M
Repeat Run (M13) Receive Pitch Feed Arrival Presence Det. (M4)
Det. 885 STEPPING6
(M6) Feed Pitch Receive Pitch Arrival Re-Run Belt Storage Rack Rack Detection Rack Stopper PM (S2) (S1) (S28) TYPE PM (S7) (S8) ID PAWL FEED SAMPLE PAWL FEED
ORIGINAL ORIGINAL PUSH Stand By Push Out Full (M3)
(S19) (S18) (S17) Feed (M7) Presence(S21) (S20) 966 886 STEPPING7
DETERGENT A DETERGENT B (M8) (S24) (S25) (S26)
966 SUPPLY PUMP SUPPLY PUMP
(M514-CH01)
Vertical (M514-CB01) (M514- CG01) (M514- CG01) P M Origin(S9) Stop(S10) 887 STEPPING8
(MU3545) (MU3545) Feed(M1) (M3)
(M 514-C C 01) (M 514-C D 01) (M014-BA02) (M014-BA02) (M 514-C E01) (MU4975) (MU4937) PAWL FEED PAWL FEED 888 STEPPING9
Barcode ID MIRROR
985 (M514-CA01) RACK TRANSFER reader (MU5040) (MU5040)
RACK BUFFER (MU4938) REPEAT RUN LINE (MU4939) RACK RECEPTACLE (MU4940)
889 STEPPING10
985 RACK FEEDER (MU4936) SECTION 991
991
(A50)
MV2302
(A47)
PS5 MV2133
(A46)
MV2099
AC100V 24V
14A
24V POWER SUPPLY3
A26 A27 A28 (ON THE PILLAR)
MV1051 MV1051 MV1051
780 620 600
A14 25 32 780 25 32 620 25 32 600

24V J1 J1 24V J1 24V
A105
MV2070 MV2079 MV2329 MV2330 MV2329 MV2118
PROBE TRANSFER CTRL PCB
686
J9
PROBE TRANSFER CTRL PCB
686
(A46) REFRIGERATOR CTRL PCB

MV2141 J7
J4 J3 J6 J8 J5
687 781 782 760 791 792 J7 J5 J8 J6 J3 J9 J7 J5 J8 J6 J3 J9
621 637 623 624 625 622 601 617 603 604 605 602
687 781 782 760 791 792
(A46) (A47) 625 604 605 602
621 637 623 624 622 601 617 603
MV2097 MV2119
(A47) 761 762 790 798
MV2142 790 Upper Upper
626
798
606
761 762 Cover Open (S46) (S36)
693 695 /Origin
630
631
610
(S32)
630
611
611
610
/Origin
631
793
796
PM
Cover
796
PM
(S29)
783
693 695 (S48) 763 764 /R Position 5PM

/Stat(S35) 5PM
627
ROTATION Open
607
PM PM
ROTATION Cup (S45) DRIVER DRIVER
786
786
/Upper (M16) (S51) 763 764 (M9) /Stop UP/DOWN

Detection UP/DOWN
696
/Inner
794
(S61) (S30) (M14) PM (M10)
PM
784
PM
(S50) (S31) (M15) /Origin(S43)ROTATION (M11) /Origin(S33) ROTATION
628
PHOTO-
797
797
608
PHOTO-
DETECTOR
787
UP/DOWN /Lower
EMITTER
697
(M22) /Outer (S52)

785
(S62) MU4980 /Stop(S44) /Stop(S34)
629
TO (S49) FG
207
BRUSH
207
609
MV2115 THERMISTOR BARCODE DC FRAME FG
698
(MU4945) (1-4B) HEATER READER HEATER

BARCODE J1 J1
632
612
FG (M514-DC02) READER Crash(S47) Crash(S37)
440
440
(M514-FB01) (M514-DA01)
441
613
DA FRAME
613
441
MV2076 MV2075
633
633
(MU5345)
(MU4941)
CUVETTE WASH S REFRIGERATOR (M514-FD01) FG
(M514-FA01) (MU4944)
FG
R REFRIGERATOR 767 (MU4947)

PROBE
E6 E5
767
R TRANSFER ARM FG
SAMPLE TRANSFER PROBE ARM FG
MV2188 MV2188
768 789 777 799
768 789 777 799
A32 A33
MV1051 MV1051
700 660
A15 25 32 700 A16 25 32 660

24V J1 24V J1
A108 A106
MV2077 MV2082 MV1014 MV2080
J10
666
MIXING CTRL PCB

666
DISPENSER CTRL
J10 J6 J7 J3 J8 J5 J7 J8 J9 J5 J3
722 721 704 705 706 707 661 662 663 665 664
A39
722 721 704 705 706 707 MV2143 661 662 663 665 664
(A47) A40
A35 A36 MV2120 MV2143 A42
MV1071 MV1071 A41 MV2144
MV2143 708 709 718 719
A37 A38
MV1072 MV1072 708 709 718 719
A34 413 410
MV2117 Upper
670
714 715 716 717 413 410 PM PM (S60)

PM
A18 36
421 714 715 716 717 ROTATION MIX
MU5240 UP/DOWN
671
A17 421 J2 MV3003 (M19) (M21) /Origin(S58)

Upper Upper WASHING PUMP (M20)
MV2067
422
422
PM PM CTRL PCB
J3 (S53) (S38)
CLOGGING UP/DOWN /Stop
UP/DOWN Lower Lower (M514-FC01)
672
DETECTION 411
(M17) (S54) (M12) (S39) (S59)
A90 411
MIX (MU4946)
J1 420
A89 420
(M510- SA01) (M510-SA01) (P11)
P
(S41) DISPENSER R DISPENSER S WASH PUMP
PRESSURE MU5019
33 SENSOR 7P
MU4973 MU6197
7P
1 7 43 5 2 6
FBR OUT ANL +-15V
ANL AC100V REF 5V FBR IN ANL 24V
RS232C
AU401 , AU402 (M514)

Block diagram
3-3
0400
/$,)
36
$
09
$&9 9
$
932:(56833/<
$ $ $

09 09 09

$ - 9 $ - 9
$ $
09 09
-
09 09

$8720$7,&5(3($7&75/3&% 5$&.75$16)(5&75/3&%
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

$ $ $
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09
09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09

67(33,1*
7+( 7+( 67(33,1*
30 25,*,1(
30 30 3 0 25,*,1( 67(33,1*
67233(5
09
&21&(175$7(' &21&(175$7(' ,'3$:/)((' 6$03/(3$:/)((' 67(33,1*

62/87,21$ 62/87,21% 5(3($7 67(33,1*
30
)((' 5(&(37$&/(
30
5(3($7 5(3($7
5813$66
6833/<3803 6833/<3803 30 5(&(37$&/( )((' 581 5$&. 6&83 0 &* 0 &* 67(33,1*
5(3($7 5(3($7581 675$*( 581 08 08
581)((' 3,7&+ 3,7&+ $55,9$/ '(7(&7,21 0%$ 0%$ 386+ 5$&. 5$&. 5$&. 30 3,7&+ 3,7&+ $55,9$/ 35(6(17 7<3( 30 '(7 '(7 3$:/)((' 3$:/)((' 7+( 67(33,1*
%(/7)((' 35(6(17 :$,7 25,*,1( )8// 08 08
6723
9(57,&$/
)((' 0&% 30 25,*,1 326,7,21 67(33,1*
0&& 0&' 0&(
0&+
08 0&$ 5$&.75$16)(5 UHDGHU
%DUFRGH
,'0,5525 67(33,1*
5$&.%8))(5 08 5(3($7581/,1( 08 5$&.5(&(37$&/( 08 5$&.)(('(5 08
6(&7,21 08 67(33,1*

$
09
36 $
$ 09
09
$&9 9
$
932:(56833/<
$ $ $
09 09 09

$ -

9 - 9 - 9
$
09 09 09 09 09 09
352%(&75/3&% 352%(&75/3&%

-

$ 5($*(175()5,*(5$725&75/3&%
09 -
- - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - -

$ $

09 09
$
09 833(5 833(5

32,17
&29(5 32,17

25,*,1 23(1

30

&29(5

25,*,1 30

5 30 30

67$7

527$7,21 23(1

30 30
527$7,21 6$03/( 326,7,21 '5,9(5 '5,9(5

833(5 6723

78%( 83'2:1 83'2:1

32,17 ,11(5 326,7,21 30 30

30
5($*(17 (;,67 25,*,1 25,*,1

3+272 527$7,21

'(7(&725
3+272 527$7,21

83'2:1 /2:(5
(0,77(5

287(5 6723

32,17 72 5($*(17 08 6723

)*

%586+ 326,7,21

09 )*
326,7,21
7+(50,67(5 %$5&2'( '&)5$0(

08 % +($7(5 5($'(5 +($7(5

%$5&2'( '2:1:$5' - '2:1:$5' -
0'&

5($'(5
7528%/(

0)% 0'$ 08 )* 7528%/(

'$)5$0( 09 09

08
&89(77(:$6+ 65()5,*(5$725 0)' 08 )*
0)$ 08 )*
55()5,*(5$725
( (

575$16)(5 352%( $50 )*
6$03/(75$16)(5 352%( $50 )*
09 09

$ $
09 09

$ $

9 - 9 -
$ $
09 09 09 09
-
0&75/3&%

',63(16(5&75/

- - - - - - - - - - -

$
09
$ $
$ $ 09 09 $
09 09 $ 09
09
$ $
09 09
$
09 833(5

30 30 32,17

30
$

09 83'2:1 527$7,21 0,;

$ -
:$6+3803 25,*,1
833(5 833(5
09

30 &75/3&%
-
3032,17 32,17
35(6685( 6723
83'2:1 /2:(5 83'2:1 /2:(5 0)&

6(1625
32,17 326,7,21
&75/3&% 32,17

0,; 08
-

0 6$ 06$
3
',63(16(55 ',63(16(56 :$6+3803
35(6685(
6(1625 3
AU403 , AU404 (M516)

3

)%5287 $1/9
$1/$&9 5()9 )%5,1 $1/9

56&

3-4
Block diagram 0400
１ 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12
3
A
A
3
$ - a

V17
5() $1/ )%5 )%5 $1/ $1/
- a
V18
9 9 287 ,1 9 9 56& - a
V28
- a
V22
DC VALVE RELAY3
- a V31
$
09
$1/
9)
- a
V25
$
09
- a V23
- a
V26
MV1025
- a
V32
- V29
$ -
$
08
09
7R'$( $
09
7+(50,6725)25
:$6+:$7(57(13 - $ (FREE) $
$ $ 09

09 08 021,725 - &RXQWHU SAMPLE COUNTER
B

B )$1 7+(50,67(5)25,16,'(
2)6<67(07(03021,725 DEIONIZED WATER WASH WATER
81'(57+(
%(17,/$7,21
09&22/,1*)$1 7KHUPLVWRU )$1

$
08
HEATING PART HETING PART
Z Z
3 3
7KHUPRVWDW 7KHUPRVWDW
36
Y
$
09 09
- - +($7(5 +($7(5 $ -
(FREE)
$&Y
$
Y PELTIER CTRL $

7+(50,6725 7+(50,6725
- (P.L.)
3RZHUVXSSO\
$ -

-

$&Y -

09 08 08 - (FREE)
3 -
(FREE)
DC VALVE RELAY2
$
)$16
%%
09
$

AU400 Service Manual Version 26

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AU400 Service Manual Version 26

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AU400 Service Manual Version 26

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Global Business Technical Support Department

Version Date Version Date

A00 (Cover page) em514a0.docx A00-1

A Cover page & contents

A0A Table of contents (Main) em514a0a.docx A0A-1

Module No. Description No. of page

B1 Outline of the system 27

B11 CA (Rack feed) 5

B16 DA (Reagent fridge) 4

B18 FA (S probe transfer) 8

B22 GA (Incubation bath) 7

B23 ISE Function & Mechanism Manual 14

A0B Table of contents(B Function & Mechanism Manual) em514a0b.docx A0B-1

1. Outline of the product

1.2 Target markets

Target user Target market Use purpose

Main:Main market, Sub:Submarket

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-1

1.3 Positioning on the market, relation to competing products

The main competing product is the Hitachi 7070.

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-2

1.4 Correspondence to laws and regulations

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-3

1.5 Targeted quality

1.6 Use life

1.7 Product life

2. Special features (sales points)

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-4

● Power and noise Conditions

●Temperature and humidity conditions

● Water Supply and Drainage conditions

3.2 Caution and prohibition items

3.3 Equipment user

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-5

This product is the present AU400 with some changes applied.

Main change items

1.4 Correspondence to laws and regulations

1.5 Targeted quality

3. Limiting conditions (use conditions, use environment,

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-6

MU4930 AU401-04 110

AU403, AU404 (M516)

MU6479 AU403-04 110

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-7

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-8

Domestic 100 Domestic 200 America Europe

MU4957 M514-JD01 1 1 Power supply

MU3180 M520-JE01 1 Power supply cable

MF0302 Cover Fe 1 e-version

MD1252 Floor plate 4 4 4 4 Floor plate for

MF0305 Ratings Label 1 e-version

MF0306 Ratings Label 1

MU6535 Label 1 1 1 1 Caution Labels

ME5869 Label 1 1 EMC mark

MU4705 CSA label 1 CSA mark

MA7764 Label 1 FCC mark

ME9429 Label 1 CE mark

B1 Outline of the system em514b1.docx B1-9

MU0815 M250-OPE01 (1) (1) Water supply

MU4146 M520-OPE01 (1) Water supply